1 #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
5 \save_transient_properties true
6 \origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
9 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
11 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the manual prints
12 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
13 % parts of the manual may not print out as expected. If you
14 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
15 % the documentation team
16 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
18 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
19 % and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added
21 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
22 \renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{%
23 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
26 \pagenumbering{arabic}}
28 % extra space for tables
29 \newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
31 \options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
32 \use_default_options false
44 \maintain_unincluded_children no
46 \language_package default
49 \font_roman "lmodern" "default"
50 \font_sans "lmss" "default"
51 \font_typewriter "lmtt" "default"
52 \font_math "auto" "auto"
53 \font_default_family default
54 \use_non_tex_fonts false
58 \font_typewriter_osf false
59 \font_sf_scale 100 100
60 \font_tt_scale 100 100
62 \use_dash_ligatures true
64 \default_output_format pdf2
66 \bibtex_command default
67 \index_command default
68 \float_placement class
69 \float_alignment class
73 \pdf_title "LyX's Additional Features manual"
74 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_subject "LyX's additional features documentation"
76 \pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentation, Additional"
78 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
79 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
80 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
85 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
86 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
89 \use_package amsmath 1
90 \use_package amssymb 1
93 \use_package mathdots 1
94 \use_package mathtools 1
96 \use_package stackrel 1
97 \use_package stmaryrd 1
98 \use_package undertilde 1
100 \cite_engine_type default
104 \paperorientation portrait
110 \notefontcolor #0000ff
117 \paragraph_separation indent
118 \paragraph_indentation default
120 \math_indentation default
121 \math_numbering_side default
122 \quotes_style english
126 \paperpagestyle headings
128 \tracking_changes true
129 \output_changes false
131 \postpone_fragile_content false
135 \docbook_table_output 0
136 \docbook_mathml_prefix 1
137 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
140 \author 244031559 "Yuriy"
141 \author 274215730 "scott"
142 \author 564990737 "John Lyx"
143 \author 630872221 "Jean-Pierre Chrétien" jeanpierre.chretien@free.fr
144 \author 1075283030 "Thibaut"
145 \author 1119979965 "Joel A. Kulesza"
151 Additional \SpecialChar LyX
155 \begin_layout Subtitle
157 \change_deleted 630872221 1622909155
159 \change_inserted 630872221 1622909155
166 by the \SpecialChar LyX
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 Principal maintainer of this file is
175 Richard Kimberly Heck
178 If you have comments or error corrections,
179 please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
180 Documentation mailing list,
182 \begin_inset Flex Code
185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
186 <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>
199 \begin_layout Standard
200 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
201 LatexCommand tableofcontents
208 \begin_layout Standard
210 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865652
211 \begin_inset Note Note
214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
216 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865674
217 Note to all translators:
220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
222 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865817
223 This manual was restructured for LyX 2.4.
224 Attached are notes for translators to help them to find their way round the new structure of Additional.lyx.
225 This note itself will be deleted in the final 2.4 release.
226 \begin_inset Newline newline
232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
234 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
237 Additional.lyx 2.4 Changes
240 \begin_layout Itemize
242 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
247 \begin_layout Itemize
249 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
254 \begin_layout Itemize
256 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
263 \begin_layout Itemize
265 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
267 moved and minor edits
270 \begin_layout Itemize
272 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
277 \begin_layout Itemize
279 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
284 \begin_layout Itemize
286 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
291 \begin_layout Itemize
293 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
295 moved and significant edits
298 \begin_layout Itemize
300 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
305 \begin_layout Itemize
307 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
312 \begin_layout Itemize
314 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
316 moved and minor edits
319 \begin_layout Itemize
321 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
326 \begin_layout Itemize
328 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
333 \begin_layout Itemize
335 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
340 \begin_layout Itemize
342 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801
347 \begin_layout Itemize
349 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865824
354 \begin_layout Itemize
356 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
361 \begin_layout Itemize
363 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
368 \begin_layout Itemize
370 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
375 \begin_layout Itemize
377 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
382 \begin_layout Itemize
384 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
389 \begin_layout Itemize
391 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
396 \begin_layout Itemize
398 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
400 moved with minor edits
403 \begin_layout Itemize
405 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
410 \begin_layout Itemize
412 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
417 \begin_layout Itemize
419 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
421 moved with minor edits
424 \begin_layout Itemize
426 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
431 \begin_layout Itemize
433 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
438 \begin_layout Itemize
440 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
445 \begin_layout Itemize
447 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
448 (Note that document classes which appeared in 2.3 but do not appear in 2.4 were either removed previously or have been removed during this revision because they are no longer available anywhere.)
452 \begin_layout Itemize
454 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
461 \begin_layout Itemize
463 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
464 All module descriptions new except:
467 \begin_layout Itemize
469 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
471 moved with minor edits
474 \begin_layout Itemize
476 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
477 Custom header/footer text:
478 moved with minor edits
481 \begin_layout Itemize
483 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
485 moved with minor edits
488 \begin_layout Itemize
490 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
491 Custom paragraph shapes:
492 moved with minor edits
495 \begin_layout Itemize
497 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
499 moved with minor edits
503 \begin_layout Itemize
505 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
512 \begin_layout Itemize
514 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
515 Content moved but unchanged
519 \begin_layout Itemize
521 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831
528 \begin_layout Itemize
530 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
531 Content moved but unchanged
535 \begin_layout Itemize
537 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
540 new chapter and content
543 \begin_layout Itemize
545 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
546 All other chapters unchanged but renumbered except:
549 \begin_layout Itemize
551 \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845
552 section 11.3 Literate programming:
563 \begin_layout Chapter
567 \begin_layout Standard
568 This manual is essentially Part II of the
570 User's Guide\SpecialChar endofsentence
573 The reason for separating the two documents is simple:
578 is already quite lengthy,
579 and it contains information on all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents.
582 Team has worked to make \SpecialChar LyX
583 extensible through various configuration files and external packages.
584 That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle \SpecialChar LaTeX
586 you can create a layout file (or module) for it without having to alter \SpecialChar LyX
588 We've already had contributions of several new features this way,
589 and some of them are documented here.
590 There are also some more `advanced' features,
591 such as how to control the presentation of bibliographies and how to work with multi-part documents,
592 that are not covered in the
596 and are discussed here.
599 \begin_layout Standard
600 This manual also documents some special features,
602 \change_deleted 244031559 1603802929
605 \change_inserted 244031559 1603802931
609 \change_deleted 244031559 1603802954
614 which require additional software to work properly.
615 There is also a chapter on \SpecialChar LyX
618 there's a chapter of \SpecialChar LaTeX
620 things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of \SpecialChar LaTeX
628 only WYSIWYM and will only ever interface to some,
634 \begin_layout Standard
635 If you haven't read the
640 you are definitely in the wrong manual.
645 is the first place to go,
646 since it describes the notation and format of all of the manuals.
647 You should also be thoroughly familiar with the
651 and all of the basic features of \SpecialChar LyX
652 before attempting to read this one.
655 \begin_layout Standard
656 Since many of the topics in this manual depend heavily on \SpecialChar LyX
657 's interaction with \SpecialChar LaTeX
659 this first chapter covers the inner workings of \SpecialChar LyX
660 and how to direct \SpecialChar LyX
661 to generate exactly the \SpecialChar LaTeX
663 It is obviously for more seasoned \SpecialChar LyX
667 \begin_layout Chapter
669 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
673 \begin_layout Section
675 Uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 This chapter is for both \SpecialChar TeX
681 -nicians and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
684 we'll explain how \SpecialChar LyX
685 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
686 work together to produce printable output.
687 This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about \SpecialChar LaTeX
691 \begin_layout Standard
695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
698 WYSIWYM frontend to \SpecialChar LaTeX
700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
703 but that's no longer true.
704 There are frontends to \SpecialChar LaTeX
709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
710 Some familar ones are \SpecialChar TeX
716 There are also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
717 modes for vi and emacs,
723 These are basically text editors with the ability to run \SpecialChar LaTeX
724 and mark any errors in the file you're editing.
725 Although \SpecialChar LyX
735 run \SpecialChar LaTeX
737 and it also indicates errors in the file,
741 you don't need to know \SpecialChar LaTeX
742 to use \SpecialChar LyX
745 has added its own extensions to \SpecialChar LaTeX
747 Try the following sometime:
749 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917358
753 \begin_inset Flex Noun
756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
759 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
766 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917358
767 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
773 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917366
775 \begin_inset Flex Noun
778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
785 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917366
793 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917371
795 \begin_inset Flex Noun
798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
799 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
810 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917371
813 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
823 then look at the preamble of the resulting
824 \begin_inset Flex Code
827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
834 You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by \SpecialChar LyX
836 These macros are defined automatically,
837 according to the features you use in the document.
840 \begin_layout Standard
841 There are several commands that automatically invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX
846 \begin_layout Itemize
848 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917379
849 \begin_inset Flex Noun
852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
860 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917379
863 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
869 \begin_layout Itemize
871 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917381
872 \begin_inset Flex Noun
875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
876 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
883 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917381
886 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
892 \begin_layout Standard
893 They will only invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX
894 if the file has changed since the last time \SpecialChar LaTeX
899 \begin_layout Standard
900 When \SpecialChar LyX
901 runs \SpecialChar LaTeX
902 on the file you're editing,
903 it performs these steps:
906 \begin_layout Enumerate
907 Convert the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
908 and save to a file with the extension
909 \begin_inset Flex Code
912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
919 \begin_inset Flex Code
922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
931 \begin_layout Enumerate
932 Run \SpecialChar LaTeX
934 \begin_inset Flex Code
937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
943 file (maybe several times),
944 and run any other commands (such as
945 \begin_inset Flex Code
948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
955 \begin_inset Flex Code
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
964 ) needed to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
968 \begin_layout Enumerate
969 If there are any errors,
973 \begin_layout Standard
974 If you have run \SpecialChar LaTeX
976 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917394
978 \begin_inset Flex Noun
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
982 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
989 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917394
992 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
999 then runs a DVI viewer to display the DVI-file.
1001 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917400
1003 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
1014 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917400
1017 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
1024 performs further steps:
1027 \begin_layout Enumerate
1029 \begin_inset Flex Code
1032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1038 to convert the DVI file to PostScript.
1041 \begin_layout Enumerate
1042 Run a PostScript viewer,
1044 \begin_inset Flex Code
1047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1054 to display the PostScript file.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1059 does similar things when viewing,
1064 \begin_layout Section
1065 Translating \SpecialChar LaTeX
1066 files into \SpecialChar LyX
1070 \begin_layout Standard
1071 You can import a \SpecialChar LaTeX
1072 file into \SpecialChar LyX
1074 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917408
1076 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
1081 Import\SpecialChar menuseparator
1088 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917408
1091 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
1092 Import\SpecialChar menuseparator
1097 command in \SpecialChar LyX
1099 This will call a program named
1100 \begin_inset Flex Code
1103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1109 which will create a file
1110 \begin_inset Flex Code
1113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1120 \begin_inset Flex Code
1123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1131 will then open that file.
1135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1136 \begin_inset Flex Code
1139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1145 can also be run from the command line,
1154 \begin_layout Standard
1155 \begin_inset Flex Code
1158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1164 will translate most legal \SpecialChar LaTeX
1167 It will put things it doesn't understand into \SpecialChar TeX
1169 so after translating a file with
1170 \begin_inset Flex Code
1173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1180 you can look for \SpecialChar TeX
1181 code and hand-edit it until it looks right.
1184 \begin_layout Standard
1185 If you don't know what \SpecialChar TeX
1187 read the next section.
1190 \begin_layout Section
1191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1193 name "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
1197 Inserting \SpecialChar TeX
1198 Code into \SpecialChar LyX
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Anything you can do in \SpecialChar LaTeX
1204 you can do in \SpecialChar LyX
1206 for a very simple reason:
1207 You can always insert \SpecialChar TeX
1208 code into any \SpecialChar LyX
1212 and will never be able to,
1213 display every possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
1215 If ever you need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX
1216 commands into your \SpecialChar LyX
1219 \begin_inset Flex Code
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 which you can insert into your document with
1231 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917417
1233 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1237 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1248 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917417
1251 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1256 or the keyboard shortcut
1265 \begin_layout Standard
1266 Here's an example of inserting \SpecialChar LaTeX
1267 commands in a \SpecialChar LyX
1269 The code looks like this:
1272 \begin_layout LyX-Code
1276 \begin_inset Newline newline
1281 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1282 \begin_inset Newline newline
1285 This is an example of a minipage environment.
1287 \begin_inset Newline newline
1290 can put nearly everything in it,
1292 \begin_inset Newline newline
1297 \begin_inset Newline newline
1303 \begin_inset Newline newline
1307 \begin_inset Newline newline
1312 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1313 \begin_inset Newline newline
1319 \begin_inset Newline newline
1324 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1325 \begin_inset Newline newline
1330 \begin_inset Newline newline
1336 \begin_inset Newline newline
1342 \begin_inset Newline newline
1348 \begin_inset Newline newline
1356 \begin_layout LyX-Code
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1362 \begin_inset Flex Code
1365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1372 box containing this text is directly after this paragraph.
1373 Those of you reading the manual in \SpecialChar LyX
1374 will only see the \SpecialChar TeX
1376 Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
1377 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
1383 \begin_layout Standard
1387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1398 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1403 This is an example of a minipage environment.
1404 You can put nearly everything in it,
1405 even (non-floating) figures and tables.
1409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1425 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1439 begin{minipage}{5cm}
1442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1479 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
1485 \begin_layout Standard
1486 In addition to using \SpecialChar TeX
1488 you can also create a separate file containing some complex \SpecialChar LaTeX
1489 structure and then use
1490 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917427
1492 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1496 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1498 \begin_inset space ~
1507 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917427
1510 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1519 to include your file (you should select the type
1520 \begin_inset Flex Code
1523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1530 We recommend that you only do this if you have a
1531 \begin_inset Flex Code
1534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1546 you'll have a big job tracking down \SpecialChar LaTeX
1550 \begin_layout Standard
1551 There are a few last points to emphasize:
1554 \begin_layout Itemize
1560 check if your \SpecialChar LaTeX
1564 \begin_layout Itemize
1565 Beware of reinventing the wheel.
1568 \begin_layout Standard
1571 does have quite a few features tucked into it,
1572 and more are coming.
1573 Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
1574 doesn't have such-and-such feature before you decide you have to do it by hand.
1576 there are numerous \SpecialChar LaTeX
1577 packages out there to do all sorts of things,
1578 from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
1580 \change_inserted 244031559 1603815732
1582 \begin_inset CommandInset href
1585 target "https://www.ctan.org/"
1591 \change_deleted 244031559 1603815732
1593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
1596 target "http://www.ctan.org/"
1606 \begin_layout Standard
1607 If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document,
1608 be sure to check out a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
1609 book for assistance.
1610 There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the
1617 \begin_layout Section
1619 and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
1623 \begin_layout Subsection
1624 About the \SpecialChar LaTeX
1628 \begin_layout Standard
1629 If you already know \SpecialChar LaTeX
1631 there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for.
1633 the following will give you some ideas—
1634 we recommend again that you consult a \SpecialChar LaTeX
1635 book for further information.
1637 you should read the points below,
1638 because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
1639 preamble of a \SpecialChar LyX
1643 \begin_layout Standard
1644 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
1645 preamble comes at the very beginning of a document,
1654 \begin_layout Itemize
1655 Declare the document class.
1657 \begin_inset Newline newline
1661 already does this for you.
1662 If you're a seasoned \SpecialChar LaTeX
1664 and you have a custom document class you want to use,
1667 Customization Manual
1669 for information on how to make \SpecialChar LyX
1673 \begin_layout Itemize
1674 Declare the usage of packages.
1676 \begin_inset Newline newline
1680 packages provide special commands,
1681 which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
1682 In addition to providing special commands,
1683 the inclusion of a package can change the document.
1686 \begin_inset Flex Code
1689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1695 forces all paragraphs to be indented.
1696 There are other packages for labels,
1703 \begin_layout Itemize
1708 \begin_inset Newline newline
1711 There are several \SpecialChar LaTeX
1712 counters and variables that
1716 be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
1717 (There are variables that you can set and reset inside the document,
1718 too.) Margins are a good example of something that must be set in the preamble.
1719 Another example is the label format for lists.
1720 You can actually set these just about anywhere,
1721 but it's best to do it just once,
1722 inside the preamble.
1725 \begin_layout Itemize
1726 Declare user defined commands (with
1727 \begin_inset Flex Code
1730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1739 \begin_inset Flex Code
1742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1751 \begin_inset Newline newline
1754 These are abbreviations for \SpecialChar LaTeX
1755 commands which appear very often inside a document.
1756 Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands,
1761 be declared anywhere (before they are used for the first time,
1763 This can be useful if there is a lot of raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
1764 code in your document,
1765 which normally should not be the case.
1768 \begin_layout Standard
1770 adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the
1771 \begin_inset Flex Code
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 This makes \SpecialChar LaTeX
1782 files generated by \SpecialChar LyX
1786 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 Changing the Preamble
1790 \begin_layout Standard
1791 The commands which \SpecialChar LyX
1792 adds to the preamble of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
1794 you can't change them without patching \SpecialChar LyX
1798 add your own stuff to the preamble by selecting
1799 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1814 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917437
1816 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1820 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
1827 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917437
1830 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
1837 adds anything in the
1838 \begin_inset Flex Noun
1841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 dialog to its own built-in preamble.
1848 Before adding your own declarations in the preamble,
1849 you should make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
1850 doesn't already support what you want to do.
1851 (Remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?) Also,
1854 make sure your preamble code is correct
1858 doesn't check it for you.
1859 If there is an error,
1860 you're likely to get an error like
1861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1865 \begin_inset Flex Code
1868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1881 If you see this error,
1882 check your preamble.
1885 \begin_layout Subsection
1889 \begin_layout Standard
1890 Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble,
1894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1899 \begin_layout Standard
1900 There are two variables under \SpecialChar LaTeX
1901 that control page position:
1903 \begin_inset Flex Code
1906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1915 \begin_inset Flex Code
1918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 Their names should be self-explanatory.
1928 These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
1930 the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same.
1932 \begin_inset Flex Code
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1944 \begin_inset Flex Code
1947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1958 \begin_layout Standard
1959 The default values for
1960 \begin_inset Flex Code
1963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1972 \begin_inset Flex Code
1975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1993 \begin_inset space \space{}
1996 the page isn't shifted.
1998 some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
1999 We have no idea why,
2000 or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
2001 If you're using \SpecialChar LyX
2002 on a system that you don't personally maintain,
2003 and your sysadmin is a doofus,
2005 \begin_inset Flex Code
2008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2017 \begin_inset Flex Code
2020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2029 Suppose your left and top margins are always 0.5
2030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2034 You can add this to the preamble:
2037 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2045 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2053 \begin_layout Standard
2054 and your margins should now be correct.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2062 \begin_layout Standard
2064 suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
2065 There's a rather nice package,
2066 available at your nearest CTAN archive,
2067 for printing sheets of labels:
2069 \begin_inset Flex Code
2072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2080 your system may not have this package installed by default.
2081 We leave that up to you to check.
2082 You'll also want to read the documentation for it;
2083 we're not going to do that for you.
2084 Since this is an example,
2086 we'll give you an example of how you use this package.
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2091 make sure you're using the
2092 \begin_inset Flex Code
2095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2103 you need to put the following in your preamble:
2106 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2112 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2124 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2142 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2149 This sets things up for Avery label sheets,
2151 You're now ready to print labels,
2152 but you'll need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX
2154 placing the commands
2155 \begin_inset Flex Code
2158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 \begin_inset Flex Code
2170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2178 around each label text.
2179 This and other special features of
2180 \begin_inset Flex Code
2183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2189 are explained in its documentation.
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2194 someone may write a \SpecialChar LyX
2195 layout file to support this package directly.
2196 Maybe that someone is you.
2199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2201 Paragraph Indentation
2204 \begin_layout Standard
2205 Americans are trained to indent the first line of
2210 As with all of their other weird quirks,
2211 most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2224 this behavior isn't standard typography.
2226 you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph
2230 it follows another one.
2231 The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another.
2232 If there is no previous paragraph—
2234 if it follows a figure or is the first paragraph in a section—
2235 then there is no need for indentation.
2239 \begin_layout Standard
2240 If you're a typical American (we're still joking!),
2242 you don't care about such esoteric things;
2243 you want your indentation!
2244 Add this to the preamble:
2247 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2250 usepackage{indentfirst}
2253 \begin_layout Standard
2254 If your \SpecialChar TeX
2255 distribution isn't braindead,
2256 you'll have this package,
2257 and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation the Founding Fathers intended they should have.
2260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2266 You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do.
2269 \begin_layout Section
2271 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2276 When \SpecialChar LyX
2277 calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
2279 it tells \SpecialChar LaTeX
2280 to blithely ignore any errors and keep going.
2281 It then uses the logfile from the \SpecialChar LaTeX
2282 run to do a post-mortem.
2283 After analyzing the logfile,
2285 displays a dialog listing the errors.
2286 Clicking on any one of them will take you to the position in your \SpecialChar LyX
2287 file where the error occurred.
2291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2294 Analyzing the logfile is a tough job,
2295 and \SpecialChar LyX
2296 doesn't always go to the right line.
2297 There are also cases where \SpecialChar LaTeX
2298 reports the error on one line,
2299 but the actual error is earlier.
2300 This is not unlike forgetting a closing brace in a program:
2301 You'll get an error,
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 Some folks also like to look at the log file directly:
2312 It is available from
2313 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917444
2315 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2319 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2321 \begin_inset space ~
2330 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917444
2333 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2335 \begin_inset space ~
2343 There are some fairly common error messages and warnings.
2344 We'll cover those here.
2345 You should look at a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
2346 book for a complete listing.
2349 \begin_layout Itemize
2350 \begin_inset Flex Code
2353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2360 \begin_inset Newline newline
2363 Anything beginning with these words is a warning message for the purpose of
2364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2371 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
2373 You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries,
2376 is trying to tell you that you need to make another run.
2377 You can by-and-large ignore these.
2380 \begin_layout Itemize
2381 \begin_inset Flex Code
2384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2391 \begin_inset Newline newline
2394 Another warning message,
2395 this time about fonts which \SpecialChar LaTeX
2397 The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that \SpecialChar LaTeX
2399 You can safely ignore these,
2403 \begin_layout Itemize
2404 \begin_inset Flex Code
2407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2416 \begin_inset Newline newline
2425 It seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write.
2426 They are warnings about lines that were too long and run past the right margin.
2427 This happens if \SpecialChar LaTeX
2428 does not find a reasonable way to break the lines (notoriously often with typewriter font,
2429 since this does not allow for automatic break points).
2431 this is unnoticeable in the final output.
2432 (It can be just a point or two.) Sometimes,
2434 the lines run rather visibly into the margin;
2435 something you will not want to have in your final print.
2437 \begin_inset Newline newline
2440 There are several global ways to try to minimize the overfull lines.
2443 Enable micro-typographic extensions
2447 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2448 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
2451 might already improve things a lot.
2454 code such as the following in
2456 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2457 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
2460 usually reduces the overfull lines drastically (we use this in the preamble of this document):
2464 \begin_layout LyX-Code
2468 \begin_inset Newline newline
2474 \begin_inset Newline newline
2479 emergencystretch 1.5em
2480 \begin_inset Newline newline
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2491 you eventually have to rewrite the text to get the line breaking right.
2495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2496 For more information,
2498 \begin_inset Flex URL
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2503 http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-overfull.html
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2518 you should check the respective lines,
2519 at least for the final version of your document.
2520 Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide.
2524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2525 You can also enable the `draft' option in
2526 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917458
2528 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2539 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917458
2542 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2548 and then \SpecialChar LaTeX
2549 will draw a black box in the margin of lines that are overfull.
2558 \begin_layout Itemize
2559 \begin_inset Flex Code
2562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2571 \begin_inset Newline newline
2574 Not quite as common as its cousin.
2575 This happens again if \SpecialChar LaTeX
2576 does not find a reasonable break point and consequently generates too loose lines.
2577 As with the overfull lines,
2578 you should check if this is a visible problem.
2581 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_inset Flex Code
2585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2594 \begin_inset Flex Code
2597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2606 \begin_inset Newline newline
2609 Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
2611 just look at the output.
2612 Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
2615 \begin_layout Itemize
2616 \begin_inset Flex Code
2619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 \begin_inset Quotes els
2626 \begin_inset Quotes ers
2635 \begin_inset Newline newline
2639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2646 isn't installed on this system.
2647 This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
2648 If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the
2649 \begin_inset Flex Code
2652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2661 then one of the packages \SpecialChar LyX
2662 tried to load is missing.
2664 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917468
2666 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2670 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
2678 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917478
2681 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
2686 to get a list of packages that \SpecialChar LyX
2688 This file is updated whenever you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
2690 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917484
2692 \begin_inset Flex Noun
2695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2696 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
2703 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917484
2706 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
2711 ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
2712 \begin_inset Newline newline
2716 \begin_inset Flex Code
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2727 command and the package in question isn't installed,
2728 then you'll need to install it yourself.
2731 \begin_layout Itemize
2732 \begin_inset Flex Code
2735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2743 \begin_inset Newline newline
2746 Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package.
2747 Check the package's documentation.
2750 \begin_layout Itemize
2751 \begin_inset Flex Code
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2755 Undefined control sequence
2761 \begin_inset Newline newline
2764 If you've inserted \SpecialChar LaTeX
2765 code into your document,
2767 you'll get one of these.
2768 You may have forgotten to load a package.
2770 this error message usually means that you used an undefined command.
2774 \begin_layout Standard
2775 There are other error and warning messages.
2776 Some are self-explanatory.
2777 These are usually \SpecialChar LaTeX
2779 Others are downright cryptic.
2780 These are usually \SpecialChar TeX
2786 what they mean or how to decipher them.
2790 \begin_layout Standard
2791 There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
2794 \begin_layout Enumerate
2795 Look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
2796 code you inserted for typos.
2799 \begin_layout Enumerate
2800 If there are no typos,
2801 check that you used the command(s) correctly.
2804 \begin_layout Enumerate
2805 If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document—
2806 and especially if you see a
2807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2811 \begin_inset Flex Code
2814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2827 it means that there are errors in the preamble.
2828 Start debugging your preamble.
2831 \begin_layout Enumerate
2832 If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any \SpecialChar LaTeX
2833 code to the document,
2834 the first suspect is your \SpecialChar LaTeX
2835 distribution itself.
2836 Check for missing packages and install them.
2839 \begin_layout Enumerate
2841 so there are no missing packages.
2842 Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in \SpecialChar LyX
2850 like trying to manually insert lots of
2851 \begin_inset Flex Code
2854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 \change_deleted 177693 1654669036
2858 \change_inserted 177693 1654669038
2862 \begin_inset space ~
2866 \change_deleted 177693 1654669040
2868 \change_inserted 177693 1654669041
2878 \begin_inset Flex Code
2881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2889 \begin_inset Flex Code
2892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2899 Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment?
2902 \begin_layout Enumerate
2904 you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options,
2905 you played by the rules.
2906 Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver?
2907 Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation,
2908 like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
2911 \begin_layout Enumerate
2912 Do you have long sections of text where \SpecialChar LaTeX
2913 cannot find a place to break a line?
2916 is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line.
2918 you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem.
2921 \begin_layout Enumerate
2922 Did you go overboard with the nesting?
2924 (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
2925 If you nested a bunch of environments to the
2926 \begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$
2931 (The limit in \SpecialChar LaTeX
2935 \begin_layout Enumerate
2937 you didn't get any error messages,
2938 but your output looks awful.
2939 If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page,
2944 \begin_layout Enumerate
2945 rescale the figure so it fits.
2948 \begin_layout Enumerate
2949 trim down the table so it fits.
2953 \begin_layout Enumerate
2954 If something else is wrong with the output,
2955 and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options,
2956 we're not sure what's wrong.
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 If all this doesn't help—
2966 you might have found a bug in \SpecialChar LyX
2971 \begin_layout Chapter
2973 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345271
2977 \begin_layout Standard
2979 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345272
2986 originally offered four standard document classes,
2990 but individuals and organizations,
2991 most notably the American Mathematical Society in the early days,
2992 have made many contributions to extending the range of document classes.
2993 In this chapter we summarize the main externally maintained classes,
2994 some of which are marked “Unavailable:” in the pull-down
2997 \begin_inset space ~
3011 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
3016 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
3018 \begin_inset space ~
3023 dialog and which you will need to install as described in the
3025 Installing New Document Classes
3031 manual if you want to use them.
3035 \begin_layout Section
3037 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439533
3038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3040 name "sec:Collections"
3047 \begin_layout Subsection
3049 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3052 name "subsec:AMS-LaTeX-(American-Mathematical"
3056 AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
3057 (American Mathematical Society)
3060 \begin_layout Standard
3062 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3063 The \SpecialChar LyX
3064 supported document classes
3072 are maintained by the Society;
3073 use of their features is described in the Math manual and on their website
3074 \begin_inset Flex URL
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3081 http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
3089 The following summary was originally provided by
3096 \change_inserted -712698321 1673082716
3098 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298
3101 and the \SpecialChar LyX
3105 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345297
3108 AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3114 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345297
3122 Richard Kimberly Heck
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3128 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3136 The AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3137 layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications.
3138 The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal,
3140 You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the \SpecialChar TeX
3142 That documentation is available on the Web at
3143 \begin_inset Flex URL
3146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3154 \begin_inset Flex URL
3157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3159 ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/
3165 These layouts are appropriate,
3167 for any mathematical writing.
3171 \begin_layout Standard
3173 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083001
3175 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083002
3178 basic AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3183 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 The standard AMS article format
3186 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345333
3190 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
3191 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
3192 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
3193 American Mathematical Society (AMS)
3200 \begin_layout Itemize
3202 the standard AMS book (really,
3204 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345366
3208 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
3209 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
3210 Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
3211 American Mathematical Society (AMS)
3216 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345369
3220 \begin_layout Itemize
3222 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345383
3224 the standard AMS proceedings format.
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3229 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345383
3231 only supports the first two natively;
3234 Installing New Document Classes
3240 manual if you want to use
3247 \begin_layout Standard
3248 The layouts themselves contain only the minimum necessary to use the AMS classes.
3251 contain any of the `theorem' environments used for setting theorems,
3254 These are contained,
3257 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345416
3259 \begin_inset Flex Code
3262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3269 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345416
3277 which is loaded by default when you select one of the AMS classes.
3278 (It can also be used with other classes and can be removed,
3279 if you would rather use something else.) Less commonly used environments are in the
3280 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345436
3282 \begin_inset Flex Code
3285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3286 Theorems (AMS-Extended)
3292 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345436
3295 AMS Theorems (Extended)
3300 which must be loaded manually.
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3305 theorems and the like are numbered consecutively throughout the document,
3306 but this may be modified by loading the module
3307 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345461
3309 \begin_inset Flex Code
3312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 Theorems (Order by Section)
3319 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345461
3322 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
3328 \begin_inset Flex Code
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345479
3341 \begin_inset Flex Code
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3345 Theorems (Order by Chapter)
3351 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345480
3354 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
3359 These will number the results as
3360 \begin_inset Formula $n.m$
3364 where the first number refers to the section (or chapter) and the second refers to the total number of results so far in that section (or chapter).
3365 Many environments are also available unnumbered.
3366 These are indicated by an asterisk at the end.
3367 If you happen to want
3373 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345498
3375 \begin_inset Flex Code
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3385 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345498
3388 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
3392 provides that option.
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 Note that these modules do not
3400 to be used with the AMS classes.
3401 It is perfectly possible to use the
3402 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345520
3404 \begin_inset Flex Code
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3414 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345520
3422 and the others mentioned,
3425 \begin_inset Flex Code
3428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3430 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083855
3432 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083855
3433 Article (Standard Class)
3442 \begin_inset Flex Code
3445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3447 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083858
3449 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083862
3450 Report (Standard Class)
3459 \begin_inset Flex Code
3462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3464 \change_deleted -712698321 1673083819
3466 \change_inserted -712698321 1673083822
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3479 What these layouts provide
3482 \begin_layout Standard
3483 There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts.
3484 In AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
3488 an opportunity to define an unlimited variety of `theorem' environments.
3490 the AMS recommends the environments that are available in \SpecialChar LyX
3495 \begin_layout Standard
3496 The following environments—
3497 as well as the standard environments,
3499 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3510 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3521 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3532 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_inset Flex Noun
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 \begin_inset Flex Code
3557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 \begin_inset Flex Code
3567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3576 \begin_layout Description
3577 Address This should be the author's permanent address.
3580 \begin_layout Description
3582 \begin_inset space ~
3585 Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission,
3586 if different from the Address.
3589 \begin_layout Description
3590 Email Author's e-mail address
3593 \begin_layout Description
3594 URL Author's Web address,
3598 \begin_layout Description
3599 Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper.
3602 \begin_layout Description
3603 Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications,
3604 published and described in
3606 Mathematical Reviews
3609 These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
3612 \begin_layout Description
3616 \begin_layout Description
3620 \begin_layout Description
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 The following environments are provided by both the
3626 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345566
3628 \begin_inset Flex Code
3631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3638 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345566
3646 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345580
3648 \begin_inset Flex Code
3651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345580
3666 in the latter case in both
3667 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084072
3671 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084073
3675 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084075
3679 \change_deleted -712698321 1673084077
3683 These same environments are provided only in the starred versions by the
3684 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345596
3686 \begin_inset Flex Code
3689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345596
3700 \change_inserted -712698321 1673084060
3708 \begin_layout Theorem
3709 This is typically used for the statements of major results.
3713 \begin_layout Corollary*
3714 This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements.
3716 these can be major results.
3721 These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
3724 \begin_layout Proposition
3725 These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed.
3728 \begin_layout Conjecture
3729 These are statements provided without justification,
3730 which the author does not know how to prove,
3731 but which seem to be true (to the author,
3735 \begin_layout Definition*
3736 Guess what this is for.
3737 The font is different for this environment than for the previous ones.
3741 \begin_layout Example*
3742 Used for examples illustrating proven results.
3745 \begin_layout Problem
3746 It's not really known what this is for.
3747 You should figure it out.
3750 \begin_layout Exercise*
3751 Write a description for this one.
3754 \begin_layout Remark
3755 This environment is also a type of theorem,
3756 usually a lesser sort of observation.
3759 \begin_layout Claim*
3760 Often used in the course of giving a proof of a larger result.
3765 these are used to break up long arguments,
3766 using specific instances of some condition.
3771 The numbering scheme for cases is on its own,
3772 not together with other numbered statements.
3777 At the end of this environment,
3778 a QED symbol (usually a square,
3779 but it can vary with different styles) is placed.
3780 If you want to have other environments within this one—
3783 and have the QED symbol appear only after them,
3784 then the other environments need to be nested within the proof environment.
3787 Nesting Environments
3793 for information on nesting.
3798 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345651
3799 Used in a way similar to Proposition,
3800 though perhaps lower on the scale.
3803 \begin_layout Standard
3804 And these environments are provided by
3805 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345684
3807 \begin_inset Flex Code
3810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3811 Theorems (AMS-Extended)
3817 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345689
3820 AMS Theorems (Extended
3827 \begin_layout Criterion*
3828 A required condition.
3831 \begin_layout Algorithm*
3832 A general procedure to be used.
3835 \begin_layout Axiom*
3836 This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed.
3839 \begin_layout Condition*
3840 Sometimes used to state a condition assumed within the present context of discussion.
3844 Similar to a Remark.
3847 \begin_layout Notation*
3848 Used for the explanation of,
3853 \begin_layout Summary
3854 Do we really need to tell you?
3858 \begin_layout Standard
3860 \change_deleted -712698321 1675595089
3866 \begin_layout Conclusion*
3867 Sometimes used at the end of a long train of argument.
3868 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345729
3874 \change_deleted 564990737 1672345638
3875 Used in a way similar to Proposition,
3876 though perhaps lower on the scale.
3877 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345720
3881 \begin_layout Assumption*
3883 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721
3887 \begin_layout Question*
3889 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3895 \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721
3896 There are ten more Maths modules available including several offering options ordered on
3898 (Numbered by Type \SpecialChar ldots
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3908 the AMS classes automatically provide the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
3909 and AMS fonts packages.
3910 They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments.
3913 \begin_layout Subsection
3915 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
3916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3918 name "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3927 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
3928 The “Extra font sizes” collection provides the document classes
3931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3934 (with extra font sizes)
3940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3943 (with extra font sizes)
3949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3952 (with extra font sizes)
3957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3960 (with extra font sizes)
3980 document classes respectively but offer the additional
3986 \begin_inset space ~
3999 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
4004 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
4010 \begin_layout Subsection
4012 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4018 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4019 The document classes
4022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4045 document classes to facilitate the use of Hebrew in \SpecialChar LyX
4049 \begin_layout Subsection
4051 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4054 name "subsec:Japanese"
4061 \begin_layout Standard
4063 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4064 The document classes
4065 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089024
4069 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089025
4071 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089025
4073 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4079 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089027
4081 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4088 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089041
4090 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089041
4092 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4098 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089044
4100 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4101 Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4105 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089041
4109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4112 (Japanese Standard Class)
4113 \change_inserted -712698321 1673088992
4114 Japanese Article (Standard Class)
4115 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4120 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089053
4124 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089053
4126 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089064
4128 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4134 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089067
4136 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4143 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089073
4145 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089270
4147 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4153 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089077
4155 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4156 Standard Class Vertical Writing)
4160 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089083
4164 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089083
4166 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4172 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089087
4174 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4179 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089094
4183 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089094
4185 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089094
4187 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4193 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089097
4195 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4199 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089104
4203 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089104
4205 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4211 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089107
4213 \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236
4216 provide document classes for the Japanese language.
4219 \begin_layout Subsection
4221 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429136
4222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4224 name "subsec:KOMA-Script"
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4233 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429136
4243 and the \SpecialChar LyX
4245 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429136
4249 \begin_layout Standard
4251 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429136
4259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4261 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429161
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4267 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429162
4268 The KOMA-Script collection of document classes is a development of the Script classes created by Frank Neukam in the early 1990s;
4269 it was formally launched with the addition of a letter class in 1994.
4271 a second letter class has been added.
4272 Frank Neukam's classes were inspired by the principles of typography and this has been fully integrated into the design of the KOMA-Script classes.
4278 \begin_layout Standard
4279 The \SpecialChar LyX
4281 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089779
4284 article (koma-script)
4285 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089784
4292 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089790
4295 report (koma-script)
4296 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089794
4303 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089790
4311 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089771
4318 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089799
4322 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089802
4324 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089802
4328 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089811
4337 correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
4359 \begin_inset space ~
4362 of the Koma-Script family.
4363 They are replacements for the standard document classes
4383 and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points.
4386 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429262
4389 Standard character size is
4390 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429263
4391 The base character sizes when you select a KOMA-Script class are
4394 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089877
4397 article (koma-script)
4398 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089877
4405 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089886
4408 report (koma-script)
4409 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089886
4416 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089893
4420 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089893
4422 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429267
4429 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089903
4432 letter (koma-script)
4433 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089903
4441 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 labels of the description environment,
4444 and a number of elements of the
4445 \change_deleted -712698321 1673089925
4448 letter (koma-script)
4449 \change_inserted -712698321 1673089925
4454 document class are set in a bold sans serif font.
4458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4459 There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts,
4460 especially in the appearance of headings.
4462 the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin.
4463 Here the \SpecialChar LaTeX
4472 helps to produce the
4473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4480 appearance when using the ec fonts.
4485 The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings,
4486 that is without the extra line
4487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4490 Chapter\SpecialChar ldots
4492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4497 the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in \SpecialChar LyX
4498 to be entered in the field
4501 \begin_inset space ~
4508 Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
4515 \begin_layout Itemize
4517 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429310
4518 The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options
4526 (in \SpecialChar LyX
4527 to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog
4529 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4533 They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options of the dialog
4535 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4540 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4541 The layout of a KOMA-Script page follows one of two traditional typesetting conventions based on dividing the page into strips or drawing a circle.
4542 The default is to imagine that a page is divided horizontally and vertically into strips and allocate strips to the margins leaving the unused strips for the text area.
4543 You can change the sizes of the margins by changing the factor by which the page is divided into strips;
4544 the default for an A4 page is 9 and increasing this factor will produce increasingly narrower strips and therefore narrower margins.
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4551 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4552 Whatever the factor,
4553 two strips are allocated to the outer and bottom margins of a two-sided document and one strip to the inner and top margins,
4554 leaving a text area occupying around half the page.
4555 Since most two-sided documents have a binding,
4556 this can make the inner margins appear too narrow;
4557 so you can apply a binding correction to the page which is deducted before the size of the strips is calculated.
4561 \begin_layout Standard
4563 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4564 The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options
4574 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4575 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
4576 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
4577 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
4584 \begin_layout Standard
4586 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4588 the binding correction is 7.5mm which is added in the form
4595 \begin_inset space ~
4598 options\SpecialChar menuseparator
4606 To change the factor to 11,
4612 to the comma separated list of entries in the
4623 \begin_inset space ~
4629 If you want the default value of this factor for a page size other than A4,
4637 \begin_layout Standard
4639 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310
4640 To use the circle method of calculating the page layout,
4651 \begin_layout Itemize
4652 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
4653 document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands.
4654 Those part of it which makes sense in \SpecialChar LyX
4655 is implemented in corresponding paragraph types.
4658 \begin_layout Standard
4659 Detailed descriptions of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
4660 document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation
4671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4673 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358
4676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4678 name "subsec:article-(KOMA-Script),-report"
4683 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090826
4686 article (KOMA-Script)
4687 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090826
4691 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358
4696 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090830
4697 report (KOMA-Script)
4698 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090840
4702 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358
4707 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090835
4709 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090844
4713 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429367
4716 article (koma-script),
4717 report (koma-script),
4718 and book (koma-script)
4723 \begin_layout Standard
4724 The document classes
4725 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090858
4728 article (koma-script)
4729 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090858
4736 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090862
4739 report (koma-script)
4740 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090869
4747 \change_deleted -712698321 1673090866
4755 \change_inserted -712698321 1673090874
4760 are implemented in the layout files
4776 They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes
4793 with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX
4799 which is replaced by the new
4803 -type having the same functionality.
4808 -Type there is a number of new paragraph types added.
4815 letter (koma-script)
4820 \begin_layout Itemize
4843 additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents.
4852 are not contained in
4854 article (koma-script)
4859 \begin_layout Itemize
4880 additionally clearing running heads.
4887 article (koma-script)
4893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4906 report (koma-script)
4909 but since this is identical to
4914 is has not been implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
4923 \begin_layout Itemize
4929 generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document.
4932 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules,
4942 you might want to place table captions always above the table).
4943 You can also use the class option
4961 You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 can be used to set a bonmot,
4972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4976 \begin_inset space \space{}
4979 at the beginning of a chapter.
4980 If you use the optional argument (
4982 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
4984 \begin_inset space ~
4990 you can insert the dictum's author there.
4991 Dictum and author are separated by a line.
4992 You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
4999 article (koma-script)
5004 \begin_layout Standard
5005 The following types,
5006 together with the standard types
5021 form the title area of the document.
5022 They must be entered ahead of the first
5023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5035 The corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
5036 commands must appear before the
5047 When such a type is used more than once,
5048 the latter usage overwrites the former one,
5050 for every type only the latest usage is valid.
5051 The order of the different types however has,
5067 no effect on the appearance of the produced document.
5070 \begin_layout Itemize
5076 produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title (
5090 ) for the subject of the document.
5093 \begin_layout Itemize
5099 produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
5113 ) for the publishers' name.
5116 \begin_layout Itemize
5124 report (koma-script)
5130 produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page,
5133 article (koma-script)
5135 produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
5157 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title (
5182 ) for a document`s head.
5185 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 produces in a double-sided print in
5193 report (koma-script)
5199 a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in
5201 article (koma-script)
5206 \begin_layout Itemize
5212 produces in a double-sided print in
5214 report (koma-script)
5220 a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in
5222 article (koma-script)
5227 \begin_layout Itemize
5234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5241 page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting.
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5246 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5247 KOMA-Script offers a wide range of
5254 \begin_inset space ~
5264 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
5269 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
5271 \begin_inset space ~
5276 dialog which you can apply to the whole document,
5280 \begin_layout Description
5282 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5289 which produces a PDF with a small black box at the end any line in which a formatting error occurs;
5290 the default setting is
5295 \begin_layout Description
5297 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5304 which may take the values
5318 the first and last adjust the sizes of the headings to take account of page sizes where the default values may not be suitable
5321 \begin_layout Description
5323 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5330 which may take the values
5344 the first leaves it up to KOMA-Script to add periods after chapter,
5347 the second forces the addition of periods and third suppresses them
5350 \begin_layout Standard
5352 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5353 and the math options:
5356 \begin_layout Description
5358 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5365 which causes equations to be numbered on the left rather than on the right,
5369 \begin_layout Description
5371 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5378 which causes equations to be left justified rather than centered.
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5383 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5384 It also provides commands to affect the output of the document independently of the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
5385 commands and packages;
5387 if you want your captions in bold add
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5392 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5397 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
5402 \begin_layout Standard
5404 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5410 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
5417 \SpecialChar menuseparator
5422 \begin_inset space ~
5427 ) and the problem is solved.
5430 \begin_layout Standard
5432 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5433 If you are writing a book,
5434 it is normal to have the preliminary pages numbered in Roman numerals and the Chapters in this part unnumbered.
5435 If you use the Chapter* environment,
5436 your Foreword and Preface will not appear in the Table of Contents;
5437 to make them to appear in the Table of contents,
5438 you need to use Chapter environments and add the \SpecialChar TeX
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5444 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5452 \begin_layout Standard
5454 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5455 at the very start of the book (not in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
5459 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5469 \begin_layout Standard
5471 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5472 before the first chapter of the body of the text.
5474 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092640
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5485 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5486 You may also want to have some unnumbered Chapter environments at the end of the book after the Appendices,
5491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5493 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5494 Appendices are normally “numbered” with letters.
5499 If you use the Chapter* environment,
5500 they will not appear in the Table of Contents;
5501 so add the \SpecialChar TeX
5505 \begin_layout Standard
5507 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680
5515 \begin_layout Standard
5517 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429682
5518 before the first of these headings and use the Chapter environment.
5519 These commands will have no effect on the numbering in \SpecialChar LyX
5521 only on the PDF output where the headings will be unnumbered and appear in the Table of Contents.
5524 \begin_layout Standard
5525 The layout files for the document classes
5527 article (koma-script)
5532 report (koma-script)
5544 This is thought of as a place to define your own types.
5549 in your personal layout directory and edit the file!
5550 \change_deleted 564990737 1672430255
5554 \begin_layout Standard
5556 \change_deleted 564990737 1672430255
5557 letter (koma-script)
5560 \begin_layout Description
5562 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5564 This section discusses the obsolete
5566 KOMA-Script-Letter (v.
5567 \begin_inset space ~
5573 which is not even included anymore in recent KOMA releases.
5574 Please refer to the next section for the current KOMA-Script-Letter class (v.
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5584 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5587 letter (koma-script)
5589 is implemented in the layout file
5594 It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document class
5600 with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX
5615 which is replaced by the new
5622 in contrast to the standard document class,
5645 there are a number of new letter specific types.
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5650 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5651 The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled by a number of \SpecialChar LaTeX
5653 which you can put in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
5658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5660 the standard appearance of the letter`s heading,
5661 consisting of name and address,
5662 is quite self-willed.
5664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5671 heading is produced by the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
5672 commands in the preamble:
5675 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5685 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5701 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5711 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5731 A detailed German description of such \SpecialChar LaTeX
5732 commands can be found in the Koma-Script documentation
5738 the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout.
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5743 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5752 define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter.
5753 To emphasize them in the \SpecialChar LyX
5755 they are marked with the letter
5765 \begin_inset space ~
5769 It is possible to write any number of letters in one file.
5774 type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a
5778 type produces a new addressee.
5798 are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one and the same letter.
5801 \begin_layout Itemize
5803 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5809 produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning of the letter.
5812 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5820 produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a new letter.
5823 \begin_layout Itemize
5825 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5831 produces a paragraph for a close.
5834 \begin_layout Itemize
5836 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5842 produces a paragraph for a postscript.
5845 \begin_layout Itemize
5847 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5853 produces a paragraph for a distribution list.
5856 \begin_layout Itemize
5858 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5864 produces a paragraph for enclosures.
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5869 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5919 are input types provided with a label to enter information,
5920 which will be processed by the document class.
5924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5925 It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence,
5934 described above are not such input types as well.
5935 Because of the special meaning of those types,
5937 I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
5939 it would affect my feeling of symmetry,
5948 type had such a serious different appearance.
5953 The types must be used ahead of the corresponding
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5962 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5963 An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make sense,
5964 because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only depend on the usage of the particular type,
5965 but also on other factors.
5967 a signature entered in the
5971 type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only,
5972 when in the same letter also a
5977 The entered value of the
5981 type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at all.
5982 The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated in a footnote above.
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5987 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
5988 The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs.
5990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
5994 \begin_inset space \space{}
6006 type is not used at all,
6007 in the standard behavior the value of the
6011 type is used as signature,
6017 no signature value is defined.
6020 \begin_layout Standard
6022 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6023 By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template,
6024 containing filled input types with your personal dates (name,
6026 etc.) and empty input types for other dates you want to enter.
6029 \begin_layout Itemize
6031 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6038 in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph in small caps in the letter`s heading.
6041 \begin_layout Itemize
6043 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6050 in the standard behavior appears below the
6064 type appears instead.
6067 \begin_layout Itemize
6069 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6076 in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph in the letter`s heading below the sender's name.
6079 \begin_layout Itemize
6081 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6087 sender's telephone number,
6088 in the standard behavior only sets the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6098 \begin_layout Itemize
6100 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6106 place of the letter`s making.
6109 \begin_layout Itemize
6111 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6117 date of the letter`s making.
6127 in the standard behavior,
6128 produce the place and the date in a right-aligned line below the addressee's field.
6134 neither place nor date appear,
6135 independent of the value of the
6145 the date of the letter `s production is used.
6148 \begin_layout Itemize
6150 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6156 sender`s back address,
6157 in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's field in a small sans serif font.
6160 \begin_layout Itemize
6162 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6168 special mail information,
6169 in the standard behavior appears underlined above the addressee's field below the back address.
6172 \begin_layout Itemize
6174 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6180 additional information,
6181 in the standard behavior appears on right side below the addressee`s field.
6184 \begin_layout Itemize
6186 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6193 in the standard behavior appears in a big,
6195 sans serif font above the subject.
6198 \begin_layout Itemize
6200 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6206 the letter's subject,
6207 in the standard behavior appears in a bold font above the
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6216 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6241 produce a business letter like line above the
6245 line containing the fields
6246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6309 business letter types
6310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6318 type however does not appear,
6319 but only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6327 The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the addressee`s field is suppressed.
6328 The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must be used ahead of the corresponding
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6337 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6348 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6357 \begin_layout Itemize
6359 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6370 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6381 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749
6392 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6394 \change_deleted 564990737 1672429773
6395 The new letter class:
6396 letter (koma-script v.2)
6397 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6401 name "subsec:The-new-letter"
6405 The new letter class:
6407 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092709
6409 \change_deleted -712698321 1673092710
6411 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092710
6413 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6415 \change_deleted -712698321 1673092713
6417 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092714
6419 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6422 \change_inserted -712698321 1673092715
6424 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774
6430 \begin_layout Standard
6436 \begin_layout Standard
6437 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6445 Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class
6449 which supersedes the now unsupported
6455 on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6457 a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class.
6461 though it is recommended you use the new class.
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6465 This class covers the same functionality as
6467 letter (koma-script),
6475 (receiver's address,
6495 will start a new letter (i.
6496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6500 \begin_inset space \space{}
6503 you can write several letters per document).
6504 New elements are sender's
6523 and the possibility to use a
6529 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
6535 \begin_layout Standard
6536 The biggest improvement is,
6538 that the letter's layout is configurable to meet almost any needs.
6539 This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option,
6545 that will be read in as a class option.
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6550 The KOMA package comes with some default
6561 file that follows german typesetting rules,
6566 that provides the default layout of the old
6571 The latter can be loaded with the class option
6578 Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
6579 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
6588 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617922
6596 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617938
6597 that is included in \SpecialChar LyX
6599 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617997
6605 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
6607 \begin_inset space ~
6615 \begin_inset space ~
6618 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
6619 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
6620 KOMA-Script Letter (V.2)
6625 A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation (
6632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6637 Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in \SpecialChar LyX
6639 the \SpecialChar LyX
6640 internals cause some problems.
6643 \begin_layout Itemize
6644 The chapter number of a
6648 type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it.
6649 The cause for that is the \SpecialChar LyX
6650 internal behavior for the labeltype
6657 \begin_layout Itemize
6658 The headings of the types
6667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6676 but not in the \SpecialChar LyX
6679 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
6681 \begin_inset space ~
6685 \begin_inset space ~
6693 \begin_layout Itemize
6698 document class appear in a skip separation mode,
6700 This is the standard behavior,
6701 no special \SpecialChar LaTeX
6702 commands are needed for that.
6705 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
6708 dialog the corresponding radio button indicates
6717 value always has the effect that extra \SpecialChar LaTeX
6718 commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap,
6719 which is not what is wanted in this case.
6722 \begin_layout Subsection
6724 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743555
6725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6727 name "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
6732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6736 \begin_inset space \space{}
6740 \change_deleted 564990737 1670924933
6742 book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
6743 \begin_inset Argument status
6746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6761 \begin_layout Standard
6767 \begin_layout Standard
6768 The \SpecialChar LyX
6770 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094342
6774 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094343
6775 Polish Article (MW Bundle)
6781 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094349
6785 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094356
6786 Polish Report (MW Bundle)
6791 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094352
6799 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094359
6800 Polish Book (MW Bundle)
6804 correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
6820 They are replacements for the standard document classes
6835 and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points.
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6843 \begin_layout Itemize
6844 Unnumbered titles (with star,
6846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6850 \begin_inset space \space{}
6857 ) are added into table of contents,
6860 \begin_layout Itemize
6861 Additional page styles:
6865 \begin_layout Description
6866 uheadings header with separated lines,
6869 \begin_layout Description
6870 myheadings custom header,
6871 contents headers via commands:
6887 \begin_layout Description
6888 myuheadings custom header with separated lines,
6891 \begin_layout Description
6892 outer page number is placed on outer side of page
6896 \begin_layout Itemize
6901 \begin_layout Description
6902 rmheadings serif titles —
6906 \begin_layout Description
6907 sfheadings sansserif titles,
6910 \begin_layout Description
6911 authortitle on title page first placed is author next title —
6915 \begin_layout Description
6916 titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author,
6919 \begin_layout Description
6920 withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins.
6924 \begin_layout Subsection
6926 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6932 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
6933 The document classes
6934 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094404
6938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6942 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094404
6944 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
6948 \change_deleted -712698321 1673094408
6952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6956 \change_inserted -712698321 1673094411
6958 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245
6970 Detailed information about these document classes can be found in
6972 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
6973 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
6974 Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
6979 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
6980 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
6981 Handouts\SpecialChar menuseparator
6987 \begin_layout Section
6989 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439534
6993 \begin_layout Standard
6995 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794710
6996 See also the document classes in the Collections (section
6997 \begin_inset space ~
7001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7003 reference "sec:Collections"
7011 \begin_layout Subsection
7013 \change_deleted -712698321 1673095198
7015 \change_inserted -712698321 1673095198
7016 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7017 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7021 \begin_layout Standard
7023 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7029 updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
7033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7035 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7039 \begin_layout Standard
7041 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7042 This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX
7043 can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal
7046 \change_deleted -712698321 1673095254
7048 \change_inserted -712698321 1673095254
7050 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7054 \begin_inset CommandInset href
7057 target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
7062 ) using Version 9.1 of the document class
7067 information about it is available at
7068 \begin_inset Flex URL
7071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7073 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7075 https://www.aanda.org/for-authors/latex-issues/texnical-background-information
7085 \begin_layout Standard
7087 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7088 A manual comes together with the package and should be consulted before installing this document class as described in the
7090 Installing New Document Classe
7100 \begin_layout Standard
7102 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7103 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7108 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7109 Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1,
7111 That change also involved some slight changes to the style files,
7112 namely the removal of the thesaurus command.
7113 If you have an older version installed,
7115 For information about compatibility with the old (version 4) layout,
7116 please refer to the comments in
7119 Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
7129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7131 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7135 \begin_layout Standard
7137 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617129
7138 It is recommended you start from the template in the menu
7143 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
7145 \begin_inset space ~
7153 \begin_inset space ~
7156 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
7157 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
7158 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7161 If you are not using the template,
7162 note the following settings:
7165 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7169 \change_deleted -712698321 1673095619
7173 \change_inserted -712698321 1673095619
7174 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7175 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7183 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
7188 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
7190 \begin_inset space ~
7196 that one was obvious).
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7205 \begin_inset space ~
7217 \begin_inset space ~
7228 The whole layout is done by the macros,
7229 you shouldn't change anything.
7232 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7234 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7238 \begin_layout Standard
7240 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7241 First thing to enter is the header information.
7243 \change_deleted -712698321 1673167006
7245 \change_inserted -712698321 1673167007
7247 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7249 of which one is optional.
7253 \begin_layout Itemize
7255 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7266 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7275 \begin_layout Itemize
7277 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7286 \begin_layout Itemize
7288 \change_deleted -712698321 1673167065
7292 \change_inserted -712698321 1673167065
7294 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7299 \change_inserted -712698321 1673167087
7303 \begin_layout Itemize
7305 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168577
7311 Determines to whom correspondence and reprints are to be sent.
7314 \begin_layout Itemize
7316 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168590
7321 [optional] Snail mail address for contacts.
7322 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7326 \begin_layout Itemize
7328 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7344 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168612
7345 There is no need to issue the
7352 this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX
7353 when the header is finished.
7355 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7356 Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence,
7357 just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document.
7360 \begin_layout Standard
7362 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7363 If you want to place footnotes in the header block,
7365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7369 \begin_inset space \space{}
7372 to state your present address,
7373 just use the standard footnote via the menu
7378 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
7387 will automagically use the term
7394 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7398 \begin_layout Standard
7400 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7403 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
7407 you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling:
7410 \begin_layout Itemize
7412 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7419 to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash
7421 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
7426 so you have to put a marker to each author.
7429 \begin_layout Itemize
7431 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649
7436 to supply an email address for fast contact.
7437 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7441 \begin_layout Standard
7443 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7444 In addition to these topics,
7445 the macros use three additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
7446 commands that have no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX
7450 \begin_layout Itemize
7452 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7459 to separate different names for more than one author and institute,
7463 \begin_layout Itemize
7465 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168671
7472 to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
7473 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
7478 so you have to put a marker to each author.
7481 \begin_layout Itemize
7483 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168671
7490 to supply an email address for fast contact.
7491 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7495 \begin_layout Standard
7497 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168684
7500 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168684
7502 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642374
7503 he appropriate command has to be entered as \SpecialChar TeX
7504 code in \SpecialChar LyX
7506 See the examples in the template and in
7508 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
7509 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
7510 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
7511 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7520 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7524 \begin_layout Standard
7526 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168754
7527 The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
7528 With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command,
7529 and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph.
7531 it should contain an entry with the keywords.
7532 This is done via the paragraph style
7537 Refer to the example paper.
7538 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7539 The abstract should immediately follow the header block and must contain five tokens:
7549 \begin_layout Enumerate
7551 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7556 (optional) {} leave it empty if necessary
7559 \begin_layout Enumerate
7561 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7569 \begin_layout Enumerate
7571 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7579 \begin_layout Enumerate
7581 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7589 \begin_layout Enumerate
7591 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7596 (optional) {} leave it empty if necessary
7599 \begin_layout Standard
7601 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754
7603 This structure not shown in
7608 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7614 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7615 Supported environments
7618 \begin_layout Standard
7620 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7621 The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text:
7624 \begin_layout Standard
7626 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7629 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
7632 \begin_layout Itemize
7634 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7640 \begin_layout Itemize
7642 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7648 \begin_layout Itemize
7650 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7656 \begin_layout Itemize
7658 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7664 \begin_layout Itemize
7666 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7672 \begin_layout Itemize
7674 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7680 \begin_layout Itemize
7682 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7688 \begin_layout Itemize
7690 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7696 \begin_layout Itemize
7698 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7704 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7712 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058
7720 \begin_layout Itemize
7722 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169078
7731 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7735 \begin_layout Itemize
7737 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7745 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7751 \begin_layout Itemize
7753 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7759 \begin_layout Itemize
7761 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7767 \begin_layout Itemize
7769 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7775 \begin_layout Itemize
7777 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7783 \begin_layout Itemize
7785 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7791 \begin_layout Itemize
7793 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7799 \begin_layout Itemize
7801 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7807 \begin_layout Itemize
7809 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7815 \begin_layout Itemize
7817 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058
7822 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7828 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7829 Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7835 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7836 Some commands are not yet supported by the
7837 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169117
7841 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169117
7842 Astronomy & Astrophysics
7843 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7846 layout for \SpecialChar LyX
7848 Some have already been mentioned.
7849 For the sake of completeness,
7850 they are listed all together here:
7853 \begin_layout Itemize
7855 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7863 \begin_layout Itemize
7865 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793
7873 \begin_layout Itemize
7875 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793
7883 \begin_layout Itemize
7885 \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793
7891 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
7897 \begin_layout Itemize
7899 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
7907 \begin_layout Itemize
7909 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
7917 \begin_layout Itemize
7919 \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793
7925 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7931 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7932 If you want to use any of these commands,
7933 you have to enter them yourself.
7934 Do not forget to use
7940 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
7943 \begin_inset space ~
7951 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7953 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7954 Figure and Table Floats
7957 \begin_layout Standard
7959 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
7961 provides support for the necessary float environments
7972 therefore we won't tell much about it here.
7976 \begin_inset space ~
7982 Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
7984 select the table and change the alignment in
7989 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
7995 \begin_inset space ~
7999 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169201
8005 arg "layout-paragraph"
8009 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8018 There is only one special thing:
8019 the figures with a caption beside the figure.
8020 To create such a figure,
8021 you have to do the following:
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8026 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8027 Create a wide figure float:
8033 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
8038 t\SpecialChar menuseparator
8043 from within the float,
8049 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
8055 \begin_inset space ~
8066 \begin_inset space ~
8078 \begin_layout Enumerate
8080 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8081 Enter your caption text.
8084 \begin_layout Enumerate
8086 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8091 to move the cursor above the caption.
8094 \begin_layout Enumerate
8096 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8100 \begin_layout Enumerate
8102 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8103 Position the cursor after the figure and insert a horizontal fill by using the menu:
8109 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
8114 rmatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
8120 \begin_inset space ~
8129 dialog and select the
8141 \change_deleted -712698321 1673169720
8143 \change_inserted -712698321 1673169724
8145 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8149 \begin_layout Enumerate
8151 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8152 Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
8157 \begin_inset space ~
8165 \begin_layout Enumerate
8167 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8176 Do not close the brace!
8179 \begin_layout Enumerate
8181 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8182 Position the cursor behind the caption text,
8183 switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
8184 mode and insert the closing brace:
8188 \begin_inset space ~
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8202 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642458
8204 refer to the figures in the file in
8206 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8207 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
8208 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
8209 Astronomy & Astrophysics
8214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8216 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8220 \begin_layout Standard
8222 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8224 the paper has to be formatted in a special double-spacing layout.
8226 you have to add the option
8237 \begin_inset space ~
8247 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
8252 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
8254 \begin_inset space ~
8263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8265 \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716
8269 \begin_layout Standard
8271 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642520
8274 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8275 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
8276 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
8277 Astronomy & Astrophysics
8279 was written with \SpecialChar LyX
8281 It is the example paper from the original macro package,
8287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
8290 target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
8296 but translated to \SpecialChar LyX
8297 using the older unstructured abstract type.
8298 Use it for inspiration,
8299 and compare the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8304 with the \SpecialChar LyX
8308 \begin_layout Subsection
8313 \begin_layout Standard
8319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8323 \begin_layout Standard
8325 is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they publish:
8326 the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement),
8327 the Astronomical Journal,
8328 and the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific.
8330 has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents,
8331 especially given its equation,
8333 and figure handling capabilities.
8335 requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros;
8337 which is the version described here,
8339 Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with \SpecialChar LaTeX
8340 2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with \SpecialChar LyX
8342 The AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8343 package may be downloaded from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8347 \begin_layout Standard
8348 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8356 \begin_inset Flex URL
8359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8361 https://aas.org/aastex/aastex-downloads
8369 \begin_layout Standard
8370 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in \SpecialChar LyX
8380 will not reduce the need to figure out all the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8382 it will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
8383 It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported \SpecialChar LaTeX
8384 document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper.
8387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8388 Starting a New Paper
8391 \begin_layout Standard
8392 I strongly suggest that you start with the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8396 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8402 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617265
8403 \SpecialChar menuseparator
8404 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
8405 American Astronomical Society
8406 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617310
8410 enter the new file name,
8418 This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
8419 Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
8424 ) with the correct information.
8425 Many of the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8426 commands and environments can be implemented directly in \SpecialChar LyX
8429 For commands such as these,
8430 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8431 code must be entered directly and marked as such.
8432 Such commands are referred to as \SpecialChar TeX
8435 I tried to minimize the amount of \SpecialChar TeX
8436 code needed in an AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8441 Finishing Your Paper
8444 \begin_layout Standard
8445 When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
8447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8454 actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
8458 \begin_layout Enumerate
8459 Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
8462 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
8463 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
8471 \begin_layout Enumerate
8476 file with your favorite text editor
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 remove the comment lines before the
8490 \begin_layout Enumerate
8495 usepackage...{fontenc}
8497 line if it appears (usually just after
8513 \begin_layout Enumerate
8514 remove everything between (and including) the
8527 except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8528 preamble (which should appear immediately after the
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8532 User specified \SpecialChar LaTeX
8534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8545 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 Run the resulting file through \SpecialChar LaTeX
8547 to make sure it still processes correctly.
8550 \begin_layout Enumerate
8551 Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct.
8554 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8559 Comments On Specific Commands
8562 \begin_layout Standard
8563 I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8565 the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
8570 ) gives a good description of each.
8571 Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary.
8572 So let's begin \SpecialChar ldots
8576 \begin_layout Paragraph
8577 Things that work as expected
8580 \begin_layout Standard
8581 Because they work as you might expect,
8582 I simply list them and the section they are found in:
8699 begin{thebibliography}
8709 all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2),
8710 the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1),
8739 amongst other places),
8770 \begin_layout Standard
8771 The following style options also work correctly:
8797 Simply put them in the
8803 Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
8809 \begin_layout Paragraph
8811 but require more comment
8814 \begin_layout Standard
8815 The following items work,
8816 but require a little more discussion:
8819 \begin_layout Itemize
8820 These items are reserved for use by the journal editors,
8821 but you can put them into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8822 preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
8860 \begin_layout Itemize
8861 These items may be placed in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
8863 and are included as blanks in the template file:
8887 \begin_layout Itemize
8894 (2.3) – can only be used
8895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8903 not in the middle of a paragraph.
8904 Use \SpecialChar TeX
8905 code if you need to embed it.
8908 \begin_layout Itemize
8915 (2.3) – will have extra {} after it.
8916 This should not cause an error.
8919 \begin_layout Itemize
8926 (2.6) – can only be used
8927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8935 not in the middle of a paragraph.
8936 Use \SpecialChar TeX
8937 code if you need to embed it.
8940 \begin_layout Itemize
8947 (2.8) – can't insert a cross-reference tag,
8948 you must type the tag name by hand
8951 \begin_layout Itemize
8965 \begin_layout Itemize
8972 (2.9) – will have extra {} after it.
8973 This should not cause an error.
8976 \begin_layout Itemize
8983 (2.11) – will have extra {} after it.
8984 This should not cause an error.
8987 \begin_layout Itemize
8994 (2.14.2) – you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting
8996 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
9001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9008 inserts an optional argument of the type needed by
9015 Hopefully it will be renamed someday.
9018 \begin_layout Itemize
9031 for the catalog ID optional parameter
9034 \begin_layout Itemize
9047 for the catalog ID optional parameter
9050 \begin_layout Paragraph
9051 Things not implemented,
9052 use \SpecialChar TeX
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9068 setcounter{equation}
9071 Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4),
9114 insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it.
9115 Don't use any of \SpecialChar LyX
9116 's rules in the table),
9191 \begin_layout Paragraph
9192 Things that cannot be implemented
9195 \begin_layout Standard
9197 at least in any meaningful sort of way,
9198 so I suggest ignoring them.
9199 They are the references environment (2.13.3),
9200 and the deluxetable environment (2.15).
9202 really need to use deluxetable,
9203 I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor,
9206 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
9208 \begin_inset space ~
9213 to include it in your \SpecialChar LyX
9216 \change_deleted 564990737 1671642564
9222 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642618
9225 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
9226 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
9227 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
9228 American Astronomical Society
9233 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642621
9239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9243 and Other Ruminations
9246 \begin_layout Paragraph
9247 Getting \SpecialChar LyX
9248 and AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9253 It can be a bit tricky to get \SpecialChar LyX
9254 to recognize a new layout and document class.
9255 When all else fails,
9259 \begin_layout Enumerate
9260 Make certain that \SpecialChar LaTeX
9261 can find AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9263 Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9264 distribution into a directory completely unrelated to \SpecialChar LaTeX
9265 or AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9266 and run \SpecialChar LaTeX
9274 \begin_layout Enumerate
9279 appears in \SpecialChar LyX
9287 \begin_layout Enumerate
9290 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
9295 then restart \SpecialChar LyX
9299 \begin_layout Enumerate
9300 Open a regular new file,
9301 not from a template.
9303 \change_deleted -712698321 1673170671
9306 \change_inserted -712698321 1673170671
9309 American Astronomical Society (AASTeX V.
9310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9317 appear in the class list in
9319 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9326 If you get a warning from an existing AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9327 document about not being able to find the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9328 layout or a message about
9329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9332 You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
9333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9337 things haven't been installed correctly.
9340 \begin_layout Paragraph
9342 error processing a table
9345 \begin_layout Standard
9349 attempts to center the table caption/title.
9350 This seems to produce a bad interaction in AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9351 so you should click somewhere in the caption/title,
9354 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
9356 \begin_inset space ~
9371 This took care of it for me.
9374 \begin_layout Paragraph
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9381 \change_inserted -712698321 1673170733
9385 \begin_layout Enumerate
9387 \change_deleted -712698321 1673170736
9390 I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text.
9391 When you enter the bibliography item data,
9396 space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
9400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9404 \begin_inset space \space{}
9420 \change_deleted -712698321 1673170741
9422 \change_inserted -712698321 1673170741
9426 \begin_layout Enumerate
9427 Entering the references at all is not obvious.
9428 The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document,
9429 then mark it as type
9434 That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
9435 Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
9437 go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
9438 That will create a new line with its own box,
9442 \begin_layout Paragraph
9446 \begin_layout Standard
9447 Even though AAS\SpecialChar TeX
9448 provides its own figure commands (
9456 I much prefer \SpecialChar LaTeX
9457 's standard figure commands (with the default graphicx).
9466 \begin_inset space ~
9469 commands as \SpecialChar TeX
9470 code into a Figure Float box if you desire,
9471 but I never have much luck getting the layout right.
9472 With the standard graphics,
9478 usepackage{graphicx}
9480 command into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
9481 preamble and handle the figures in the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
9483 interspersing the figures in the text.
9484 I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now;
9485 AJ might still use the
9486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9489 stack everything at the end
9490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9496 \begin_layout Paragraph
9497 Things I could have done,
9501 \begin_layout Standard
9503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9510 things I could have implemented,
9513 I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the \SpecialChar LyX
9515 even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
9517 I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 styles.
9518 Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway,
9519 I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
9523 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9527 \begin_layout Standard
9528 Your mileage may vary.
9529 I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the effort done in \SpecialChar LyX
9531 the last 2% was the \SpecialChar LaTeX
9532 post-processing and a few cleanups.
9533 I have had no trouble with the submission process,
9534 and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference.
9536 go forth and publish!
9539 \begin_layout Subsection
9541 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442131
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9547 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9549 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171415
9553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9557 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9559 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171417
9561 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9565 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171421
9571 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171424
9573 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9574 document class together with the
9575 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171428
9577 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171429
9579 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9583 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171431
9585 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768
9588 to facilitate the description of chess games.
9591 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
9592 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
9593 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
9607 \begin_layout Subsection
9609 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042028
9613 \begin_layout Standard
9615 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9617 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171640
9621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9625 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9627 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171643
9629 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9633 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171717
9635 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9639 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171720
9641 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9645 \change_deleted -712698321 1673171728
9647 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171728
9650 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9652 \change_inserted -712698321 1673171744
9653 for journals in the Elsevier publishing house
9654 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9656 This provides the following additional environments:
9660 \begin_inset space ~
9669 \begin_inset space ~
9678 \begin_inset space ~
9699 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172045
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9705 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396
9706 A template is available in the menu
9711 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
9713 \begin_inset space ~
9721 \begin_inset space ~
9724 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
9725 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
9729 It has been customized with further environments and contains all the information you may need.
9731 the documentation is also available from
9732 \begin_inset CommandInset href
9735 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/elsarticle/doc/elsdoc.pdf"
9743 \begin_layout Subsection
9745 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
9749 \begin_layout Standard
9751 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
9753 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172423
9757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9761 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172423
9762 Paper (Standard Class)
9763 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172423
9765 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
9768 provides an alternative to the
9769 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172092
9773 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172435
9776 Article (Standard Class)
9777 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046
9781 It provides similar functionality,
9782 but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections,
9787 \begin_layout Subsection
9792 \begin_layout Standard
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9805 \begin_layout Standard
9810 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172482
9812 \begin_inset space ~
9816 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172487
9818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9825 textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9827 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
9834 \begin_layout Standard
9839 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172511
9841 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172517
9847 which works with Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9850 v3.1 is basically obsolete,
9851 as it works with \SpecialChar LaTeX
9853 That means that it doesn't interact very well with \SpecialChar LyX
9855 which requires \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
9857 although it has been kludged to work.
9858 Since Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9859 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
9863 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172538
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172538
9874 \begin_inset space ~
9878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9885 textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
9888 \begin_layout Standard
9889 These documents are supposed to be used in
9893 to the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9895 so we don't describe any of the special Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9897 and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
9900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9905 All you need to do is install Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9907 as described in the package's README file.
9908 The package can be found at The Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9910 \begin_inset Flex URL
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9915 http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
9921 Install it somewhere that \SpecialChar LaTeX
9923 Test it by trying to \SpecialChar LaTeX
9924 a short Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9925 4 document in some random directory (i.
9926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9930 \begin_inset space \space{}
9933 not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then,
9934 if you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
9936 it will find the class file and let you use the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9940 \begin_layout Standard
9941 Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a Rev\SpecialChar TeX
9950 \begin_inset space ~
9957 \change_deleted -712698321 1673172641
9958 the templates directory
9959 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172687
9962 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
9963 New From Templates\SpecialChar menuseparator
9971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9975 \begin_layout Standard
9976 Optional arguments to
9984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10003 \begin_inset space ~
10011 \begin_inset space ~
10018 Remember that in Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10020 at least one optional argument is required!
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 Other preamble matter,
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10040 \begin_inset space ~
10049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 The layouts basically correspond to the commands in Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10057 the Email layout corresponds to
10064 Note that (at least as of Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10074 layouts are exactly equivalent,
10075 so you shouldn't need to use both.
10079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10080 In case you're curious,
10081 both were included so that
10085 would be able to translate both
10105 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10110 There are a couple of important unique aspects of Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10111 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in \SpecialChar LyX
10115 \begin_layout Standard
10116 In Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10135 The \SpecialChar LyX
10136 equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
10141 write footnotes in the
10146 or weird things may happen.
10147 See the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
10148 4 documentation for more details.
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10156 \begin_inset space ~
10165 \begin_inset space ~
10175 layouts must be placed
10183 layout and the corresponding
10201 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
10205 \begin_layout Subsection
10207 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10213 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10218 classes were replaced
10219 \change_deleted -712698321 1673176131
10221 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10222 with a completely new
10223 \change_deleted -712698321 1673175919
10229 This package provides a \SpecialChar LaTeX
10230 class and templates for books to be published at Springer Gabler Research,
10231 Springer Vieweg Research,
10232 Springer Spektrum Research,
10233 Springer VS Research,
10234 or Springer VS Forschung.
10235 The documentation is available in German from
10236 \begin_inset CommandInset href
10239 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/springer/sr-vorl/sr-vorl.pdf"
10246 \change_inserted -712698321 1673176125
10253 Please find information at
10254 \begin_inset Flex URL
10257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10259 \change_inserted -712698321 1673176047
10261 https://www.springernature.com/gp/authors/campaigns/latex-author-support
10269 Native \SpecialChar LyX
10270 support is not available yet.
10271 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072
10275 \begin_layout Section
10277 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439560
10281 \begin_layout Standard
10283 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439581
10284 See also the document classes in the Collections (section
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10291 reference "sec:Collections"
10299 \begin_layout Subsection
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class.
10315 It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature.
10316 Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of his document.
10317 Memoir is based on the standard book class,
10318 but it can also emulate the article class (see below).
10321 \begin_layout Standard
10323 the developer of Memoir,
10324 is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
10326 Most of them have been merged with Memoir.
10328 it is much easier to layout the table of contents,
10330 chapter designs and such.
10334 does not support all of these goodies natively.
10335 Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases
10339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 You are invited to send suggestions to
10341 \begin_inset Flex URL
10344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10346 lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
10357 lots will probably never be supported,
10358 due to the limitations of \SpecialChar LyX
10360 Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native \SpecialChar LaTeX
10361 commands (\SpecialChar TeX
10366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10381 \begin_inset space ~
10385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10387 reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
10399 we can only list those features that are natively supported by \SpecialChar LyX
10401 For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we recommend you have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class
10405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10420 \begin_inset Flex URL
10423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
10436 which is not only a user guide for the class,
10437 but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself.
10440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10441 Basic features and restrictions
10444 \begin_layout Standard
10445 Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes.
10452 \begin_layout Description
10454 \begin_inset space ~
10458 Memoir has a broader range of font sizes:
10467 \begin_layout Description
10469 \begin_inset space ~
10473 The fancy page style is not supported,
10474 due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they both define a command with the same name,
10475 which confuses \SpecialChar LaTeX
10478 Memoir comes with a number of its own page styles (see
10480 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
10481 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
10483 \begin_inset space ~
10489 If you want to use these for the chapter pages,
10490 you have to use the command
10496 in the main text or in preamble (e.
10497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10501 \begin_inset space \space{}
10508 chapterstyle{companion}
10513 \begin_layout Description
10515 Sectionings (chapter,
10517 subsection etc.) come with an optional argument in the standard classes.
10519 you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance,
10520 if the title is too long).
10521 In \SpecialChar LyX
10523 you can do this via
10525 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10532 at the beginning of a chapter/section.
10533 Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header.
10534 You can define three variants of a title with this:
10535 one for the main text,
10536 one for the table of contents,
10537 and one for the headers.
10539 makes these available in form of specific
10550 \begin_layout Description
10552 In the standard classes (and in many other classes),
10553 the table of contents,
10554 the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically.
10555 Memoir does not follow this route.
10556 You have to insert a page break yourself,
10557 if you want to have one.
10560 \begin_layout Description
10562 For some unknown reason,
10563 Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes,
10565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10573 If you want an empty title page,
10578 aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
10583 \begin_layout Description
10585 With the class option
10591 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
10592 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
10593 Class Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
10595 \begin_inset space ~
10601 you can emulate article style.
10603 counters (footnotes,
10605 tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters,
10606 chapters don't start a new page (but are—
10608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10619 use their own page,
10623 \begin_layout Description
10626 Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands,
10627 which have been used in the old \SpecialChar LaTeX
10629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10633 \begin_inset space \space{}
10650 It produces an error and stops \SpecialChar LaTeX
10651 whenever such a command appears.
10656 reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop \SpecialChar LaTeX
10658 Since a lot of packages and particularly Bib\SpecialChar TeX
10659 style files are still using those commands,
10660 we have decided to use this option by default.
10663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 We will only describe the features supported by \SpecialChar LyX
10669 (which is not much currently).
10670 Please consult the Memoir manual
10674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10689 \begin_inset Flex URL
10692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10694 CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
10707 \begin_layout Description
10709 You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature.
10711 it is in book class.
10712 Usually books don't have abstracts.
10716 You can use it wherever and how often you like.
10719 \begin_layout Description
10721 You may know this older typesetting style:
10722 The contents of a chapter are summarized below the title and also in the table of contents (e.
10723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10727 \begin_inset space \space{}
10732 Our hero arrives in Troia;
10733 he loses some friends;
10737 Chapterprecis does exactly this.
10738 It is therefore only sensible below a chapter.
10741 \begin_layout Description
10743 An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter.
10744 The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a motto.
10745 The motto itself (text) and its (optional) author (source) are divided by a short line.
10746 The author (source) can be inserted via
10748 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
10755 \begin_layout Description
10757 Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems).
10759 can only support a few of them.
10761 which is a centered title for poems,
10762 which will also be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for poems.
10763 Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse,
10764 but you need to use \SpecialChar TeX
10766 because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments,
10767 which is not possible with \SpecialChar LyX
10771 \begin_layout Description
10774 but it adds no entry to the table of contents.
10777 \begin_layout Subsection
10779 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10783 \begin_layout Standard
10785 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10789 \change_inserted -712698321 1673182264
10791 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10793 \change_deleted -712698321 1673182266
10797 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10801 \change_deleted -712698321 1673182282
10805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10809 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10811 \change_inserted -712698321 1673182287
10813 \change_deleted -712698321 1673182290
10815 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10818 document class but adds two environments:
10821 \begin_layout Description
10823 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10824 Recipe a numbered section environment at the
10828 level which generates a bold centered heading above a double horizontal rule
10831 \begin_layout Description
10833 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10844 are what are being described and the environment ends with a horizontal rule.
10847 \begin_layout Standard
10849 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642866
10852 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
10853 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
10854 Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
10857 illustrates its use.
10860 \begin_layout Standard
10862 \change_deleted -712698321 1673186391
10864 \change_inserted -712698321 1673186393
10866 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10867 is designed for typesetting one or two recipes per page
10868 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199172
10870 with dimensions of 5.5
10871 \begin_inset Quotes qrd
10875 \begin_inset Quotes qrd
10879 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10881 The hyperlinked table of contents (ToC) and page numbers make browsing recipes convenient
10882 \change_inserted -712698321 1673186486
10884 \change_deleted -712698321 1673186487
10887 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175
10889 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199346
10890 and the pages can be joined together or printed 2 per page to normal letterpaper easily.
10891 The size was chosen to work in half-page 3-ring binder cover sheets,
10892 because un-laminated paper just doesn't last in the kitchen.
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10897 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199346
10898 The half-letter pages can be printed two per page using your printer driver,
10899 or bound together using
10901 pdfjam --nup 2x1 --papersize '{11in,8.5in}'
10911 is the compiled version of your recipes.
10912 \change_inserted -712698321 1673175424
10916 \begin_layout Section
10918 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442207
10920 \change_deleted -712698321 1673186818
10922 \change_inserted -712698321 1673186818
10924 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442207
10928 \begin_layout Subsection
10930 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
10932 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187876
10934 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
10938 \begin_layout Standard
10940 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
10942 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187623
10946 \begin_inset space \space{}
10950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10954 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
10956 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187655
10958 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187624
10960 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
10968 an unofficial implementation of the ‘Europass CV’ recommended by the European Commission in 2013.
10971 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
10972 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
10973 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
10975 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187728
10977 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942
10980 offers guidance on its use.
10981 Its documentation is available from
10982 \begin_inset CommandInset href
10985 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europasscv/europasscv.pdf"
10993 \begin_layout Subsection
10995 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
10997 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187829
10999 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187829
11001 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11005 \begin_layout Standard
11007 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984
11009 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187820
11013 \begin_inset space \space{}
11017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11021 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984
11023 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187823
11025 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187824
11027 \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984
11035 an unofficial implementation of the “Europass CV” recommended by the European Commission in 2002.
11038 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11039 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11040 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11043 offers guidance on its use.
11044 Its documentation is available from
11045 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11048 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europecv/europecv.pdf"
11056 \begin_layout Subsection
11058 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11060 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187869
11062 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11066 \begin_layout Standard
11068 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003
11070 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187880
11074 \begin_inset space \space{}
11078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11082 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187880
11084 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003
11086 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187884
11088 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187884
11090 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003
11098 This allows the creation of customizable CVs.
11101 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11102 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11103 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11106 offers guidance on its use.
11107 Its documentation is available from
11108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11111 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/manual/moderncv_userguide.pdf"
11119 \begin_layout Subsection
11121 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11123 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187900
11125 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208
11129 \begin_layout Standard
11131 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024
11133 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187895
11137 \begin_inset space \space{}
11141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11145 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187895
11147 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024
11149 \change_inserted -712698321 1673187897
11151 \change_deleted -712698321 1673187898
11153 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024
11161 originally developed for use with \SpecialChar LyX
11165 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
11166 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
11167 Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
11170 offers guidance on its use.
11171 Its documentation is available from
11172 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11175 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/simplecv/simplecv.pdf"
11183 \begin_layout Section
11185 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652454
11189 \begin_layout Standard
11191 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455
11193 \change_deleted -712698321 1673245882
11197 \begin_inset space \space{}
11201 \change_inserted -712698321 1673245882
11204 KOMA-Script Letter (V.
11206 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455
11210 \begin_inset space ~
11214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11216 reference "subsec:The-new-letter"
11222 \change_deleted -712698321 1673245908
11226 \begin_inset space \space{}
11229 (with extra font sizes)
11230 \change_inserted -712698321 1673245908
11233 Letter (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
11234 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455
11238 \begin_inset space ~
11242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11244 reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
11249 ) document classes .
11252 \begin_layout Subsection
11254 \change_inserted 564990737 1671041970
11256 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246109
11258 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246110
11260 \change_inserted 564990737 1671041970
11264 \begin_layout Standard
11266 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11270 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246116
11272 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246116
11274 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11278 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246192
11280 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11286 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246242
11288 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246242
11291 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11292 class for writing letters according to the
11293 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246140
11294 standards of the German Standards Institute (
11295 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246141
11297 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11300 Deutsches Institut für Normung
11301 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246324
11304 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246131
11308 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528
11310 The file in the menu
11315 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11317 \begin_inset space ~
11325 \begin_inset space ~
11328 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11329 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11332 offers guidance on its use.
11333 The documentation is available from
11334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11337 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/dinbrief/liesmich"
11345 \begin_layout Subsection
11347 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246778
11349 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246778
11351 \begin_inset space \space{}
11359 \begin_layout Standard
11361 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11365 \begin_inset space \space{}
11371 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246198
11373 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11379 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246247
11381 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246247
11384 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11385 class for writing letters according to French conventions.
11386 The file in the menu
11391 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11393 \begin_inset space ~
11401 \begin_inset space ~
11404 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11405 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11407 \begin_inset space \space{}
11412 offers guidance on its use.
11413 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246876
11417 \begin_layout Subsection
11419 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246876
11421 \begin_inset space \space{}
11427 \begin_layout Standard
11429 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246917
11433 \begin_inset space \space{}
11438 provides support for
11443 another \SpecialChar LaTeX
11444 class for writing letters,
11445 but also faxes and envelopes,
11447 The file in the menu
11452 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11454 \begin_inset space ~
11462 \begin_inset space ~
11465 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11466 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11468 \begin_inset space \space{}
11473 offers guidance on its use.
11474 The documentation is available from
11475 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11478 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf"
11484 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11488 \begin_layout Subsection
11490 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11492 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246804
11494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11498 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11502 \begin_layout Standard
11504 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11514 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246202
11516 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11518 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246498
11520 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11526 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246249
11528 \change_inserted -712698321 1673246249
11531 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499
11532 class for writing letters in German.
11533 The file in the menu
11538 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11540 \begin_inset space ~
11548 \begin_inset space ~
11551 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11552 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11559 offers guidance on its use.
11560 The documentation is available from
11561 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11564 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/g-brief/g-brief.pdf"
11572 \begin_layout Subsection
11574 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246462
11578 \begin_layout Standard
11580 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246462
11589 document class for English letters and to create mailing labels.
11590 The file in the menu
11595 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11597 \begin_inset space ~
11605 \begin_inset space ~
11608 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11609 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11610 Letter (Standard Class)
11612 offers guidance on its use.
11613 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617591
11617 \begin_layout Subsection
11619 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246872
11623 \begin_layout Standard
11625 \change_deleted -712698321 1673246872
11629 \begin_inset space \space{}
11638 document class for writing letters,
11639 faxes and envelopes in French.
11640 The file in the menu
11645 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11647 \begin_inset space ~
11655 \begin_inset space ~
11658 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11659 Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
11661 \begin_inset space \space{}
11666 offers guidance on its use.
11667 The documentation is available from
11668 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11671 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf"
11677 \change_inserted 564990737 1672652527
11681 \begin_layout Section
11683 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439660
11687 \begin_layout Subsection
11689 \change_inserted 564990737 1671458922
11693 \begin_layout Standard
11695 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
11697 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255475
11701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11705 \change_inserted -712698321 1673255475
11707 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
11709 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255477
11711 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
11719 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255496
11721 \change_inserted -712698321 1673255496
11724 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
11725 class for creating presentations.
11726 The file in the menu
11731 ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
11733 \begin_inset space ~
11741 \begin_inset space ~
11744 Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
11745 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
11749 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257500
11752 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
11753 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
11754 Beamer Presentations
11757 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655
11758 offers guidance on its use.
11759 The documentation is available from
11760 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11763 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf"
11771 \begin_layout Subsection
11773 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255766
11778 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
11780 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255767
11786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11795 \begin_layout Standard
11797 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743383
11803 updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
11807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11809 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743383
11813 \begin_layout Standard
11815 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11817 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255761
11821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11825 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11826 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
11828 \change_deleted -712698321 1673255763
11830 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11837 document class to make slides for overhead projectors.
11838 There are two document classes that can do this:
11840 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256124
11844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11848 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256124
11850 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11852 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256130
11854 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11857 document class (section
11858 \begin_inset space ~
11862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11864 reference "sec:slitex"
11874 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
11878 As of 2023 the former has continued to be maintained whereas
11880 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
11883 has not been maintained since 2008.
11884 This section documents the latter.
11885 If your machine doesn’t have the
11886 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256264
11890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11894 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11895 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
11897 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256265
11899 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11902 document class installed,
11903 you’ll probably have to use the
11904 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256271
11908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11912 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256271
11914 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11916 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256273
11918 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396
11922 If you want to install the
11927 it is available from
11928 \begin_inset CommandInset href
11931 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/foiltex"
11937 You should also read the
11939 Installing New Document Classes
11946 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743436
11952 \begin_layout Standard
11954 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11960 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
11961 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
11962 to make slides for overhead projectors.
11963 There are two document classes that can do this:
11964 the default slides class and the
11966 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
11970 This section documents the latter.
11973 \begin_layout Standard
11975 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
11976 I'm going to say this again,
11978 so that there's no misunderstanding:
11981 \begin_layout Standard
11983 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
11984 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11993 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
11996 This section documents the class
11997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12015 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12016 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12024 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12025 If you're looking for the documentation for
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12039 \begin_inset space ~
12043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12045 reference "sec:slitex"
12051 If your machine doesn't have the
12060 you'll probably have to use the default
12065 which isn't quite as good as
12070 \begin_layout Standard
12072 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383
12077 class is designed for use with version
12078 \begin_inset space ~
12086 class file which is now an integral part of \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
12092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12096 \begin_layout Standard
12098 to use this document class,
12110 \begin_inset space ~
12116 There are some settings in the
12119 \begin_inset space ~
12124 dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class:
12127 \begin_layout Itemize
12128 Don't change the options
12139 \begin_inset space ~
12145 They're ignored by the
12152 \begin_layout Itemize
12153 The default font size is 20
12154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12157 pt with the other options being 17
12158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12173 \begin_layout Itemize
12174 The default font is
12182 but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font.
12185 \begin_layout Itemize
12188 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12191 supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35
12192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12196 It doesn't support A5,
12198 legal or executive paper sizes.
12201 \begin_layout Itemize
12202 Don't bother changing the
12206 settings because they are ignored anyway.
12207 All floats appear where they are defined in the text.
12210 \begin_layout Itemize
12215 setting behaves a bit differently for this class.
12218 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12221 provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo.
12223 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12229 reference "sec:foilfoot"
12235 The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is
12243 has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined).
12244 The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows:
12248 \begin_layout Labeling
12249 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12256 The final output contains no page numbers,
12257 or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course).
12261 \begin_layout Labeling
12262 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12269 The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page.
12270 No other headings or footers (other than footnotes).
12273 \begin_layout Labeling
12274 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12279 Page numbers in lower right corner.
12280 Additional headers and footers are also shown.
12281 This is also the default.
12284 \begin_layout Labeling
12285 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12290 Gives you access to the
12294 package although its use with
12296 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12299 is discouraged by the writer of the
12301 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12304 package because of some potential page layout clashes.
12308 \begin_layout Paragraph
12312 \begin_layout Standard
12313 The following options may be used in the extra class options in the
12315 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
12321 \begin_layout Labeling
12322 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12327 This sets up the page layout for 7.33
12328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12336 which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35
12337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12341 making it a bit easier to work with this medium.
12344 \begin_layout Labeling
12345 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12350 Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page.
12353 \begin_layout Labeling
12354 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12359 Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page.
12362 \begin_layout Labeling
12363 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12368 This is automatically set each time you create a new
12375 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12378 to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils.
12381 \begin_layout Labeling
12382 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12387 Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation.
12388 Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape.
12389 Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the
12397 environments (don't worry these are described in the next section).
12400 \begin_layout Labeling
12401 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12406 Equation numbers on the left.
12409 \begin_layout Labeling
12410 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
12415 Flush-left equations.
12418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12419 Supported Environments
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the
12424 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256683
12428 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256683
12429 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12435 There are several additional environments provided by
12437 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12440 as well as a couple added by \SpecialChar LyX
12442 The following environments are shared with other classes:
12445 \begin_layout Standard
12446 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
12449 \begin_layout Itemize
12455 \begin_layout Itemize
12461 \begin_layout Itemize
12467 \begin_layout Itemize
12473 \begin_layout Itemize
12479 \begin_layout Itemize
12486 \begin_layout Itemize
12492 \begin_layout Itemize
12498 \begin_layout Itemize
12504 \begin_layout Itemize
12508 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256734
12512 \begin_layout Itemize
12518 \begin_layout Itemize
12524 \begin_layout Itemize
12530 \begin_layout Itemize
12536 \begin_layout Itemize
12542 \begin_layout Itemize
12553 \begin_layout Standard
12555 all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments.
12556 Since foils are essentially self-contained sections,
12557 with a title and body,
12560 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12563 provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are:
12566 \begin_layout Itemize
12572 \begin_layout Itemize
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12580 also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called:
12583 \begin_layout Itemize
12589 \begin_layout Itemize
12592 ShortRotatefoilhead
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 and the differences will be explained in the next section.
12599 \begin_layout Standard
12600 Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such
12602 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12605 also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them:
12608 \begin_layout Standard
12609 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
12612 \begin_layout Itemize
12618 \begin_layout Itemize
12624 \begin_layout Itemize
12630 \begin_layout Itemize
12636 \begin_layout Itemize
12642 \begin_layout Itemize
12648 \begin_layout Itemize
12654 \begin_layout Itemize
12660 \begin_layout Itemize
12666 \begin_layout Itemize
12672 \begin_layout Itemize
12683 \begin_layout Standard
12684 The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered.
12685 There are also two list environments added by \SpecialChar LyX
12689 \begin_layout Itemize
12695 \begin_layout Itemize
12701 \begin_layout Standard
12704 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12707 provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document.
12708 If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil,
12710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12716 \begin_inset space \space{}
12721 straight after the foilhead.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12726 the following command styles are provided [
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12734 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
12737 \begin_layout Itemize
12741 \begin_inset space ~
12747 \begin_layout Itemize
12753 \begin_layout Itemize
12757 \begin_inset space ~
12763 \begin_layout Itemize
12767 \begin_inset space ~
12773 \begin_layout Itemize
12777 \begin_inset space ~
12784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12785 \begin_inset space ~
12797 \begin_layout Standard
12798 There are also a few commands provided by
12800 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
12803 that aren't directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX
12804 but I'll tell you what they do and how to use them in section
12805 \begin_inset space ~
12809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12811 reference "sec:unsuppfoils"
12819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12820 Building a Set of Foils
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils.
12825 If you want to see an example set of foils,
12827 \change_deleted 564990737 1671643085
12832 file you find in \SpecialChar LyX
12838 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643099
12841 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
12842 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
12843 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
12851 \begin_layout Paragraph
12852 Give It a Title Page
12855 \begin_layout Standard
12856 Unlike other classes that provide
12876 \change_deleted -712698321 1673256940
12880 \change_inserted -712698321 1673256940
12888 creates the title on a page of its own.
12889 If you leave out the
12893 environment \SpecialChar LaTeX
12894 will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output).
12897 \begin_layout Paragraph
12901 \begin_layout Standard
12902 As I mentioned earlier,
12903 there are four ways of starting a new foil.
12904 For portrait foils you should use
12913 The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil.
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 Landscape foils are generated using the
12923 ShortRotatefoilhead
12926 Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body.
12927 Both of the short versions have 0.5
12928 \begin_inset space ~
12931 inches less separation between the foilhead and the body.
12935 \begin_layout Standard
12936 One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the
12940 driver to generate the PostScript output otherwise the foils won't be rotated.
12941 It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the
12945 driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-)
12948 \begin_layout Paragraph
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can't have two of the same type of these environments directly following each other.
12956 If you use a normal paragraph break,
12958 you will just be extending the previous environment as if you had merged the two environments together.
12960 you need to insert a so-called separator.
12961 Please refer to the section entitled
12972 \begin_layout Paragraph
12976 \begin_layout Standard
12977 You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones.
12978 I'll only describe the new ones here.
12979 If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the
12984 If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the
12987 \begin_inset space ~
12991 \begin_inset space ~
12996 dialog described above in section
12997 \begin_inset space ~
13001 \change_inserted 564990737 1671355684
13003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13005 reference "chap:bullets"
13011 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355684
13013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13015 reference "sec:bullet"
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 The two new list styles,
13036 are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list.
13037 These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the
13042 They do however require that you have the
13046 packages installed.
13049 \begin_layout Paragraph
13053 \begin_layout Standard
13056 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13059 redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location.
13060 In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored.
13063 \begin_layout Paragraph
13064 Page Headers and Footers
13065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13067 name "sec:foilfoot"
13074 \begin_layout Standard
13078 \begin_inset space ~
13087 are two commands used to control the left-footer text string.
13088 The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13094 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13102 While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience,
13106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13112 \begin_inset space \space{}
13116 It is empty by default.
13119 \begin_layout Standard
13120 The remaining page corners can be filled by
13123 \begin_inset space ~
13128 (which defaults to page numbers),
13132 \begin_inset space ~
13140 \begin_inset space ~
13148 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13151 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13157 name "sec:unsuppfoils"
13164 \begin_layout Standard
13165 All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a
13175 within another environment.
13178 \begin_layout Paragraph
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 All lengths are adjusted using the
13206 should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and
13210 is the length value.
13211 All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches (
13224 ) or relative to some document or font-based length such as
13234 \begin_layout Standard
13235 It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by
13248 \begin_inset space \space{}
13251 in closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble:
13258 foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
13261 \begin_layout Standard
13262 The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths:
13265 \begin_layout Labeling
13266 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13273 Separation between the text and the top of the float
13276 \begin_layout Labeling
13277 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13284 Separation between the float and the caption
13287 \begin_layout Labeling
13288 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13295 Separation between the caption and the following text
13298 \begin_layout Labeling
13299 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13306 You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length.
13307 Best done relative to
13316 \begin_layout Standard
13317 There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors:
13320 \begin_layout Labeling
13321 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13328 Separation from headers to
13333 \begin_layout Labeling
13334 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13352 \begin_layout Labeling
13353 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13367 \begin_layout Labeling
13368 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13384 \begin_layout Labeling
13385 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
13401 \begin_layout Standard
13402 The last length related command affects all the list environments.
13413 a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed.
13414 Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require
13420 like the stuff mentioned above.
13423 \begin_layout Paragraph
13424 Headers and Footers
13427 \begin_layout Standard
13440 commands control whether the logo in the
13444 definition appear on a given page.
13451 in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them.
13452 If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the
13458 directly after the foilhead of that page and the
13464 directly after the next foilhead.
13467 \begin_layout Standard
13468 If you decide to use the
13472 page style setting in the
13475 \begin_inset space ~
13480 dialog you should probably add
13490 to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated.
13491 This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the
13496 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257120
13500 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257120
13511 \begin_layout Subsection
13513 \change_inserted 564990737 1671459032
13517 \begin_layout Standard
13519 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13521 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257152
13525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13529 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257152
13531 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13533 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257154
13535 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13543 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257280
13545 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257280
13548 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165
13549 class for creating presentations.
13552 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
13553 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
13554 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
13557 offers guidance on its use.
13558 The documentation is available from
13559 \begin_inset CommandInset href
13562 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf"
13570 \begin_layout Subsection
13572 \change_inserted 564990737 1671459032
13573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13575 name "subsec:Seminar"
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13586 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194
13588 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257295
13592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13596 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257295
13598 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194
13600 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257296
13602 \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194
13609 document class for creating presentations.
13612 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
13613 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
13614 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
13617 offers guidance on its use.
13618 The documentation is available from
13619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
13622 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf"
13630 \begin_layout Subsection
13633 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
13637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13646 \begin_layout Standard
13648 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13654 updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
13658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13660 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13664 \begin_layout Standard
13666 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13667 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
13668 to make slides for overhead projectors.
13669 There are two document classes that can do this:
13671 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257697
13675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13679 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257697
13683 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13685 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257698
13689 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13692 document class and the
13693 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257705
13697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13701 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13702 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13704 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257707
13706 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13710 This section documents the former.
13711 If you’re looking for the documentation for
13712 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257759
13716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13720 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13721 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13723 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257760
13725 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13730 \begin_inset space ~
13734 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257749
13736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13738 reference "sec:foiltex"
13747 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257749
13749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13751 reference "sec:Foiltex"
13757 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13760 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257899
13762 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257899
13766 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492
13769 has continued to be maintained whereas
13771 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13774 has not been maintained since 2008.
13776 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13786 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13792 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13793 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
13794 to make slides for overhead projectors.
13795 There are two document classes that can do this:
13796 the default slides class and the
13798 Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13802 This section documents the former.
13805 \begin_layout Standard
13807 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13808 I'm going to say this again,
13810 so that there's no misunderstanding:
13813 \begin_layout Standard
13815 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13816 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
13822 \begin_layout Standard
13825 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13828 This section documents the class
13829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13845 \begin_layout Standard
13847 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13848 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13856 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13857 If you're looking for the documentation for
13858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13863 slides (Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13878 reference "sec:foiltex"
13889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13894 slides (Foil\SpecialChar TeX
13898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 ] is actually somewhat better than the default
13909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13911 or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates.
13912 Having never used it,
13913 I have no idea if this claim is true or not.
13918 which this section documents.
13921 \begin_layout Standard
13923 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492
13924 This class is the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
13925 improvement of the old
13927 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
13931 Every \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
13932 distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to as
13933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13945 so you're bound to have it.
13946 As I noted earlier,
13947 there are other classes,
13953 which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job at it.
13955 there are some things which
13959 can do which the others can't,
13960 such as generate overlays.
13961 Read on to learn more!
13966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13970 name "sec:slidesetup"
13977 \begin_layout Standard
13979 to use this document class,
13981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13985 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257922
13989 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257922
13993 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257925
13999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14002 from the class list in the
14004 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
14008 There are some other special things you should know about this class:
14011 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 Don't bother changing the options
14017 They're not supported by the
14018 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257960
14022 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257960
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14035 \begin_inset space ~
14040 behaves a bit differently for this class.
14041 The possible choices and what they do are as follows:
14045 \begin_layout Description
14050 The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner.
14053 \begin_layout Description
14063 but also prints out any time markers you've put in.
14064 This is the default.
14067 \begin_layout Description
14072 The final output contains no page numbers,
14074 or alignment markers.
14078 \begin_layout Itemize
14080 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257971
14084 \change_inserted -712698321 1673257971
14089 class has an extra option:
14097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 in the extra class options.
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14113 Using this options allows you to add time markers to
14119 \begin_inset space ~
14123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14125 reference "sec:slideNote"
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 You can also use the template file
14136 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617694
14138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14151 to automatically set up a document to use the
14156 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617699
14161 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14163 \begin_inset space ~
14167 \begin_inset space ~
14171 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617723
14172 \SpecialChar menuseparator
14173 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
14178 to open your new document
14179 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617728
14183 The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class.
14184 I'll describe those next.
14187 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14188 Paragraph Environments
14191 \begin_layout Paragraph
14192 Supported Environments
14195 \begin_layout Standard
14196 The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new
14197 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258063
14201 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258063
14206 document is the font size and type:
14207 it's the equivalent of the size
14208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14222 \begin_inset space ~
14228 This is also what's used in the output.
14230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14237 to remind you that this is a slide.
14238 Your final slides will use a larger font;
14240 you'll have less space.
14242 the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG,
14246 \begin_layout Standard
14247 The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
14248 Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
14249 There are also five new ones.
14251 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258093
14255 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258093
14260 class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
14263 \begin_layout Standard
14265 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14268 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
14271 \begin_layout Itemize
14273 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14279 \begin_layout Itemize
14281 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14287 \begin_layout Itemize
14289 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14295 \begin_layout Itemize
14297 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14303 \begin_layout Itemize
14305 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14311 \begin_layout Itemize
14313 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14319 \begin_layout Itemize
14321 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14327 \begin_layout Itemize
14329 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14335 \begin_layout Itemize
14337 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14343 \begin_layout Itemize
14345 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082
14357 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14361 \begin_layout Itemize
14363 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14369 \begin_layout Itemize
14371 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14377 \begin_layout Itemize
14379 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14385 \begin_layout Itemize
14387 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14393 \begin_layout Itemize
14395 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14401 \begin_layout Itemize
14403 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14409 \begin_layout Itemize
14411 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14417 \begin_layout Itemize
14419 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14425 \begin_layout Itemize
14427 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 All of the other standard environments,
14438 including the section-heading environments,
14440 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258102
14444 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258102
14452 \begin_layout Standard
14454 you'll notice the following new environments:
14457 \begin_layout Standard
14459 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14462 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
14465 \begin_layout Itemize
14467 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14473 \begin_layout Itemize
14475 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14481 \begin_layout Itemize
14483 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14489 \begin_layout Itemize
14491 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111
14497 \begin_layout Itemize
14499 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258119
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14508 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258133
14509 \begin_inset space ~
14521 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14525 \begin_layout Itemize
14527 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14533 \begin_layout Itemize
14535 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14541 \begin_layout Itemize
14543 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14549 \begin_layout Itemize
14551 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 These five are kind of quirky,
14562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14569 in \SpecialChar LyX
14573 doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment into an empty environment.
14575 that's fine and dandy,
14576 but it means that you wouldn't be able to start a slide with anything except plain text.
14578 I've performed a little
14579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14590 \begin_layout Paragraph
14591 Quirks of the New Environments
14592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14594 name "sec:slideQuirk"
14601 \begin_layout Standard
14602 All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of \SpecialChar LyX
14604 As I just mentioned,
14606 forbids environments that begin with another environment.
14607 To get around this,
14612 environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the
14620 \begin_layout Standard
14621 You should consider
14636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14639 pseudo-environments.
14640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14643 They look like a section heading or a
14644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 but really begin a [and,
14657 end the previous] paragraph environment.
14668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 These two perform some action.
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 A common feature of all five environments,
14704 is a rather long-ish label.
14705 The text following this label —
14706 ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment —
14707 is utterly irrelevant for
14732 completely ignores it.
14734 you can leave these five environments completely empty.
14738 \begin_layout Standard
14743 to put any text after the rather long-ish label,
14745 This could be a short description of the contents of the
14752 enter your descriptive comment and hit
14756 as you normally would.
14759 \begin_layout Standard
14761 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
14764 you don't want to enter any descriptive text,
14765 you'll hit another \SpecialChar LyX
14771 and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one.
14776 \begin_layout Itemize
14778 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
14779 Start entering the text that will
14810 \begin_layout Itemize
14812 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
14813 Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
14817 \begin_layout Itemize
14819 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
14829 \begin_layout Itemize
14831 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
14834 empty paragraph to a
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14863 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321
14864 Some future version of \SpecialChar LyX
14867 resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar ldots
14873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14874 Making a Presentation with
14888 \begin_layout Paragraph
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14897 If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentation,
14898 you'll be sorely disappointed.
14900 I'll describe all of the ways the
14901 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258368
14905 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258368
14910 class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
14911 Filling in the contents,
14919 the \SpecialChar LyX
14923 \begin_layout Standard
14928 environment [in the manner described in section
14929 \begin_inset space ~
14933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14935 reference "sec:slideQuirk"
14940 ] tells \SpecialChar LyX
14941 to begin a new slide [duh].
14942 The label for this environment/
14943 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258390
14945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14949 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258391
14951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14969 followed by the label,
14971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14979 Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14984 Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in \SpecialChar LyX
14985 (this can be specified in the
14992 once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
14993 If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide,
14994 the extra overflows onto a new slide.
14995 I don't recommend doing this,
14997 since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it.
14999 it may interfere with any
15003 you've made to accompany the oversized
15010 \begin_layout Standard
15019 environments work the same way as the
15024 They both create an
15025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15032 followed by a label [
15033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15050 The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue,
15052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15059 will look different,
15060 in style and in length.
15061 The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
15064 \begin_layout Standard
15070 if the contents of a
15078 exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper,
15079 the extra will overflow onto a new sheet.
15081 you should avoid this.
15082 It defeats the whole purpose of
15093 \begin_layout Paragraph
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15108 is a slide that sits atop another slide.
15109 Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main
15113 before displaying the text associated with it.
15114 One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the
15118 you want to display later.
15121 if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
15123 You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
15128 s to align the two graphs.
15133 environment in both cases makes life much easier.
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15141 receives the page number of its
15142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15216 \begin_inset space ~
15219 appended to the page number of the parent
15230 you want the contents of both the
15238 to each fit on a single physical slide!
15239 You should probably consider an
15244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15257 the \SpecialChar LyX
15262 class provides a visual cue for this:
15263 the label at the start of an
15267 is shorter than that at the start of a
15273 when you generate printable output,
15274 you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the
15278 page and its parent
15283 These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15287 The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies.
15288 How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide?
15290 what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide,
15291 but there is text on the main transparency that goes in between them?
15292 You could try and insert vertical space of the right size.
15293 The better way is to use
15304 \begin_layout Standard
15305 As their names imply,
15314 are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible,
15317 \begin_inset space ~
15321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15323 reference "sec:slideQuirk"
15328 that you don't place anything
15332 these two environments,
15339 it inserts a centered,
15340 sky-blue label into the page reading
15341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15344 <Invisible Text Follows>
15345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15349 For paragraphs following this label,
15359 it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15369 the corresponding centered label is
15370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 <Visible Text Follows>
15374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15378 Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
15379 Note that the beginning of a new
15393 automatically shuts off an
15398 It's therefore not necessary to use
15409 \begin_layout Standard
15411 it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of
15430 \begin_layout Enumerate
15436 including everything that will appear on it,
15437 whether on the main slide or on the
15444 \begin_layout Enumerate
15445 Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the
15460 environment after the
15467 \begin_layout Enumerate
15472 immediately following the
15479 \begin_layout Enumerate
15480 Copy the contents of this
15491 \begin_layout Enumerate
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15510 You've just made an
15517 \begin_layout Standard
15518 There's one problem with the way I've designed the \SpecialChar LyX
15524 you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible,
15525 nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
15526 To accomplish this feat,
15527 you'll need to use some inlined \SpecialChar LaTeX
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 The commands of interest are:
15537 \begin_layout Itemize
15542 invisible \SpecialChar ldots
15546 \begin_layout Itemize
15551 visible \SpecialChar ldots
15555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15557 and need to be marked as \SpecialChar TeX
15560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15567 you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the
15580 If you don't know how to mark text as \SpecialChar TeX
15582 see the appropriate section of the
15594 \begin_layout Paragraph
15604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15606 name "sec:slideNote"
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15623 is associated with a
15624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 the \SpecialChar LyX
15643 class provides visual cues.
15648 is shorter than that of a
15652 [yet longer than that of an
15657 like the label of an
15661 is shockingly magenta.
15667 has the page number of its
15668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15720 You can have multiple
15724 s associated with a single
15739 you'll probably want to break up long
15743 s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15752 it contains anything additional you might want to say about a
15757 It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular
15762 In the case of the latter,
15763 you might want to make use of time markers.
15765 the \SpecialChar LyX
15771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15778 support for time markers,
15781 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
15786 you'll have to resort to using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15791 To use time markers,
15792 you'll need to specify the extra class option
15793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15805 \begin_inset space ~
15809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15811 reference "sec:slidesetup"
15817 This option turns on timing marks,
15818 which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every
15823 To set what appears in the time marker,
15824 you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
15826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15854 The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
15856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15869 sets the time marker to a given time.
15871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15884 increments the time marker by the specified amount.
15885 Using time markers and
15890 you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particular
15897 \begin_layout Standard
15898 There's one last feature to describe.
15900 you'd like to print out all of your
15908 s on transparencies while printing all of your
15926 with which it is associated.
15927 What's a person to do?
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15932 there are two \SpecialChar LaTeX
15933 commands that allow you to select what to print out.
15934 Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15951 will cause the output to contain only the
15962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15977 prevents the output of anything but
15982 I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out.
15983 You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
15984 When you're done writing,
15985 you can then uncomment one of the two to select what you want to print.
15986 I like to uncomment
15987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16003 print to a file with
16004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16016 comment it back out,
16018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16046 I can then send either file to a printer,
16047 loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate.
16050 \begin_layout Standard
16051 You can also provide other arguments to the
16052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16080 See a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
16084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16089 Class Template File
16092 \begin_layout Standard
16093 I have also provided a template file
16094 \change_deleted 564990737 1671617750
16097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16117 begin your new presentation with
16119 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
16121 \begin_inset space ~
16125 \begin_inset space ~
16129 \change_inserted 564990737 1671616988
16130 \SpecialChar menuseparator
16131 Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
16137 Your new \SpecialChar LyX
16138 presentation file will contain an example
16159 additionally contain an example of the use of
16169 the preamble will contain:
16172 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16173 % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
16176 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16180 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16186 \begin_inset Newline newline
16192 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16193 % Uncomment to print out only notes
16196 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16200 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16208 \begin_layout Standard
16210 I created this class to support the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
16212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16217 Sli\SpecialChar TeX
16221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16225 one of the built-in \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
16227 Neither I nor the rest of the \SpecialChar LyX
16228 Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class.
16229 It's here if you want it or need it.
16230 There exist other \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
16231 classes for creating presentations,
16233 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258708
16241 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258709
16243 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258699
16245 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258700
16249 \begin_inset space ~
16253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16255 reference "sec:foiltex"
16261 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258703
16263 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258705
16267 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258714
16269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16280 package [present on some \SpecialChar TeX
16282 The latter is not yet supported under \SpecialChar LyX
16287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar ldots
16295 \change_inserted -712698321 1673258738
16301 \begin_inset space ~
16305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16307 reference "subsec:Seminar"
16319 \change_deleted -712698321 1673258749
16320 I know nothing about these other classes.
16323 Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
16326 \begin_layout Section
16328 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16332 \begin_layout Subsection
16334 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16340 \change_inserted -712698321 1673689969
16341 Report classes are sort of a hybrid between book and article classes:
16344 \change_deleted -712698321 1673689899
16353 document class for preparing reports.
16360 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16362 \change_deleted -712698321 1673689904
16364 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16366 chapters and sections but does not provide
16367 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690062
16368 the paragraph styles needed for a book
16369 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690073
16373 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16376 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690088
16382 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690083
16384 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16386 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690085
16388 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16391 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690094
16393 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690094
16395 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16397 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690097
16399 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16401 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690101
16403 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16404 abstract paragraph style
16405 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690514
16406 s and are one-sided by default.
16408 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690134
16412 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690520
16415 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16416 not start a new chapter on the right hand page
16417 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690150
16418 (even in two-side mode)
16419 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661
16423 \begin_layout Standard
16425 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690173
16427 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690287
16428 All externally maintained
16429 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528
16435 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690678
16436 that are officially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
16438 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528
16439 are described in the Collections (section
16440 \begin_inset space ~
16444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16446 reference "sec:Collections"
16452 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690301
16454 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690300
16456 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528
16460 \begin_layout Itemize
16462 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16464 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690794
16468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16471 (Japanese in vertical writing)
16472 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690794
16473 Japanese Report (Vertical Writing)
16474 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16478 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690762
16482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16486 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690762
16487 Japanese Report (Standard Class)
16488 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16493 \begin_inset space ~
16497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16499 reference "subsec:Japanese"
16507 \begin_layout Itemize
16509 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16511 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690718
16515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16519 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690718
16521 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16526 \begin_inset space ~
16530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16532 reference "subsec:KOMA-Script"
16540 \begin_layout Itemize
16542 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16544 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690815
16548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16551 (with extra font sizes)
16552 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690815
16553 Report (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
16554 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530
16559 \begin_inset space ~
16563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16565 reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
16573 \begin_layout Itemize
16575 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743569
16577 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690833
16581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16584 (Polish version by M.
16585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16589 \change_inserted -712698321 1673690833
16590 Polish Report (MW Bundle)
16591 \change_inserted 564990737 1672743569
16596 \begin_inset space ~
16600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16602 reference "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
16613 \begin_layout Section
16615 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439674
16617 \change_deleted -712698321 1673691106
16619 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691108
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16625 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691276
16631 we assemble document classes that help to write drama or movie scripts.
16632 The category is also open for other scripts,
16633 such as lecture scripts,
16634 for which no classes are officially supported yet by \SpecialChar LyX
16636 \change_inserted 564990737 1670439674
16640 \begin_layout Subsection
16644 \begin_layout Standard
16650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16654 \begin_layout Standard
16659 is for writing plays.
16660 The format is more decorative than
16663 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691568
16667 \begin_inset space ~
16671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16673 reference "subsec:Hollywood"
16680 and much less standardized.
16681 This format should be suitable for workshops.
16684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16692 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691609
16696 \begin_inset space ~
16700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16702 reference "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood"
16711 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16715 \begin_layout Standard
16720 names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
16721 The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
16724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16725 Paper size and Margins
16728 \begin_layout Standard
16736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16740 \begin_layout Standard
16741 The following environments are available.
16746 to get the bind keys shown at the right.
16749 \begin_layout Itemize
16753 \begin_inset Newline newline
16758 You should not have to use this,
16759 but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise.
16762 \begin_layout Itemize
16766 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16770 \begin_inset Newline newline
16775 Used to describe stage setting and the action.
16776 First use of speaker names in all CAPs.
16779 \begin_layout Itemize
16783 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16787 \begin_inset Newline newline
16792 Automatically numbered.
16793 On screen it will be arabic,
16794 but will print as Roman.
16797 \begin_layout Itemize
16801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16805 \begin_inset Newline newline
16815 It is just centered text.
16818 \begin_layout Itemize
16822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16826 \begin_inset Newline newline
16831 Not automatically numbered.
16832 You supply the number.
16833 This is because I couldn't figure out how.
16836 \begin_layout Itemize
16840 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16844 \begin_inset Newline newline
16849 A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises.
16852 \begin_layout Itemize
16856 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16860 \begin_inset Newline newline
16865 The speaker's (actor's) title,
16866 centered in all CAPS.
16869 \begin_layout Itemize
16873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16877 \begin_inset Newline newline
16882 Instructions to the speaker.
16883 The parentheses are automatically inserted.
16884 The ( will appear on screen,
16885 but both will be in the printed play.
16886 This environment is only used within
16893 \begin_layout Itemize
16897 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16901 \begin_inset Newline newline
16906 What the Speaker says.
16909 \begin_layout Itemize
16913 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16917 \begin_inset Newline newline
16922 The curtain comes down.
16925 \begin_layout Itemize
16929 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16935 \begin_layout Itemize
16939 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16945 \begin_layout Itemize
16949 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
16955 \begin_layout Standard
16959 \begin_layout Subsection
16961 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691551
16962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16964 name "subsec:Hollywood"
16970 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16983 \begin_layout Standard
16984 Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a
16985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16992 It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read.
16993 Each page of a script should be one minute of film.
16994 Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen.
16995 The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout.
16999 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17001 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691597
17002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17004 name "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood"
17013 \begin_layout Standard
17014 Speakers' lines should
17015 \change_deleted -712698321 1673691805
17019 \change_inserted -712698321 1673691805
17024 break in mid-sentence.
17025 If a speaker's lines continue over a page break,
17030 title followed by (Cont'd).
17033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17037 \begin_layout Standard
17042 names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
17043 The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
17044 You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also.
17047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17048 Paper size and Margins
17051 \begin_layout Standard
17059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17063 \begin_layout Standard
17064 The following environments are available.
17069 to get the bind keys shown at the right.
17072 \begin_layout Itemize
17076 \begin_inset Newline newline
17081 Used where nothing else works.
17085 \begin_layout Itemize
17091 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17099 \begin_inset Newline newline
17102 Usually followed by something like
17103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17106 on Sally waking up.
17107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17113 \begin_layout Itemize
17117 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17121 \begin_inset Newline newline
17126 Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
17127 Always followed by DAY or NIGHT,
17128 or something similar to define the lighting required.
17129 Everthing on this line in CAPS.
17132 \begin_layout Itemize
17136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17140 \begin_inset Newline newline
17145 Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
17146 Everthing on this line in CAPS.
17149 \begin_layout Itemize
17153 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17157 \begin_inset Newline newline
17162 The character speaking.
17165 \begin_layout Itemize
17169 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17173 \begin_inset Newline newline
17178 Instructions to the speaker.
17179 The () are automatically inserted.
17182 \begin_layout Itemize
17186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17190 \begin_inset Newline newline
17202 \begin_layout Itemize
17206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17210 \begin_inset Newline newline
17215 Camera movement instruction.
17217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17221 \begin_inset space \space{}
17227 \begin_layout Itemize
17231 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17237 \begin_layout Itemize
17241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17247 \begin_layout Itemize
17251 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17257 \begin_layout Itemize
17261 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
17267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17271 \begin_layout Itemize
17276 \begin_layout Itemize
17281 \begin_layout Itemize
17283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17291 \begin_layout Itemize
17297 \begin_layout Itemize
17302 \begin_layout Itemize
17307 \begin_layout Chapter
17309 \change_inserted 564990737 1671185876
17313 \begin_layout Section
17315 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17316 Academic Field Specifics
17319 \begin_layout Subsection
17321 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17323 Hazard and Precautionary Statements
17326 \begin_layout Standard
17328 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17329 This module provides two insets
17330 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779038
17331 and a paragraph style
17332 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17333 to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical hazard and precautionary statements.
17334 For a description see
17336 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17337 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17338 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17339 Hazard and Precautionary Statements
17343 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
17344 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17345 Hazard and Precautionary Statements
17350 \begin_layout Subsection
17352 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17356 Risk and Safety Statements
17359 \begin_layout Standard
17361 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17362 This module provides two insets,
17372 accessible via the menu
17377 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
17379 \begin_inset space ~
17384 and an environment to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical risk and safety statements.
17387 \begin_layout Subsection
17389 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17395 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17397 \change_deleted -712698321 1673779847
17403 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779869
17405 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17406 environments useful for linguistics (numbered examples,
17410 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779891
17412 \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212
17414 You can obtain information about this module in
17419 elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
17425 \begin_inset space ~
17428 Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17437 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17438 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17439 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17445 \begin_layout Section
17447 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17451 \begin_layout Subsection
17453 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17457 \begin_layout Standard
17459 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17460 This module supports the Braille
17461 \change_deleted -712698321 1673779995
17463 \change_inserted -712698321 1673779996
17465 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17467 It requires the \SpecialChar LaTeX
17473 This and its documentation can be obtained from
17474 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17477 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/braille"
17484 \change_deleted -712698321 1673780105
17485 You do not have to reconfigure your system after installing it.
17487 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17493 elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
17499 \begin_inset space ~
17502 Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17511 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17512 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17513 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17519 \begin_layout Section
17521 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17522 Annotation & Revision
17525 \begin_layout Subsection
17527 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17531 \begin_layout Standard
17533 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17534 This module provides “FiXme” (marginal) annotations for document revision purposes.
17535 A list of annotations can be produced by using the “List of FIXMEs” paragraph style.
17536 The annotations are customizable via the LaTeX preamble.
17538 \change_inserted -712698321 1673780478
17542 \change_deleted -712698321 1673780479
17544 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17547 documentation which can be obtained from
17548 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17551 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fixme/fixme.pdf"
17560 \begin_layout Paragraph
17562 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17566 \begin_layout Standard
17568 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17570 the notes are only displayed in “draft” mode (if the option “draft” has been inserted in
17572 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
17573 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
17574 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
17575 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
17579 To display them always,
17588 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
17589 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
17597 \begin_layout Subsection
17599 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17603 \begin_layout Standard
17605 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17606 This module provides various kinds of annotations for PDF output.
17609 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
17610 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17615 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17616 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17617 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17623 \begin_layout Subsection
17625 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17631 \begin_layout Standard
17633 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17634 This module provides fields and buttons for PDF forms.
17636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17638 name "hyperref documentation"
17639 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf"
17647 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
17648 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17653 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17654 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17655 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17661 \begin_layout Subsection
17663 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17669 \begin_layout Standard
17671 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17672 This module defines an inset to typeset reading aids (ruby,
17673 furigana) to Chinese characters.
17675 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781076
17677 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17683 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781078
17685 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17687 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781079
17689 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17693 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781080
17697 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17699 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781082
17701 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17705 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781083
17709 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17710 package (depending on the TeX engine) or a fallback definition.
17714 \begin_layout Subsection
17716 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17722 \begin_layout Standard
17724 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17725 This module provides custom insets to insert TODO items in your document.
17726 In order to generate a “List of TODOs,” the module provides a paragraph style.
17728 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781223
17730 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17734 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781224
17738 \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778
17741 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
17742 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
17743 Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
17744 Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
17747 ) suppresses the output of TODO notes.
17749 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17751 name "todonotes documentation"
17752 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.pdf"
17760 \begin_layout Section
17762 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17766 \begin_layout Subsection
17768 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17770 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781454
17772 \change_inserted -712698321 1673781454
17774 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17778 \begin_layout Standard
17780 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17781 This module adds support for using natbib together with apacite (the bibliography style need not be
17796 or any bibliography that works with both the natbib and apacite packages.)
17799 \begin_layout Section
17801 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17805 \begin_layout Subsection
17807 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17808 Fancy Colored Boxes
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17813 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17814 This module adds ten custom insets that support colored boxes via the
17821 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
17822 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
17828 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17829 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
17830 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
17834 \change_inserted -712698321 1673854244
17836 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
17840 name "tcolorbox documentation"
17841 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tcolorbox/tcolorbox.pdf"
17850 \begin_layout Subsection
17852 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17856 \begin_layout Standard
17858 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17859 This provides the custom insets
17877 to scale and rotate its content.
17880 \begin_layout Standard
17882 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17887 is a simple way of reversing text without any other enhancement:
17890 \begin_layout Standard
17892 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17893 \begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17899 Great Western Railway
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17911 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17912 (You will need to use Ctrl-R to see any of these examples.)
17915 \begin_layout Standard
17917 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17922 allows you to specify the dimensions of the text or image;
17923 permissible units are em,
17945 it scales by the width factor:
17948 \begin_layout Standard
17950 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17951 \begin_inset Flex Resizebox
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17957 \begin_inset Argument 1
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17971 \begin_inset Argument 2
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
17984 Great Western Railway
17994 \begin_layout Standard
17996 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18001 allows you to rotate
18002 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856297
18004 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856302
18006 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18007 around the reference point of the box.
18008 If you wish to rotate the box around a different origin,
18009 place the cursor inside the box and select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18039 or meaningful combinations of these and the counterclockwise rotation angle is expressed in degrees.
18043 \begin_layout Standard
18045 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18046 \begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18052 \begin_inset Argument 1
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 \change_inserted 274215730 1672888693
18059 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18068 \begin_inset Argument 2
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18081 Great Western Railway
18091 \begin_layout Standard
18093 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18094 You can combine boxes as in:
18097 \begin_layout Standard
18099 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18100 \begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18106 \begin_inset Argument 1
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 \change_inserted 274215730 1672888702
18113 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18122 \begin_inset Argument 2
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18136 \begin_inset Flex Resizebox
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18142 \begin_inset Argument 1
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18156 \begin_inset Argument 2
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18170 \begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18176 Great Western Railway
18200 \begin_layout Standard
18202 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18208 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856306
18210 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856308
18212 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18214 select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18215 V-Factor to add a vertical factor.
18216 If the vertical factor is omitted,
18217 the horizontal is used.
18218 Adding different horizontal and vertical values creates distortion as in
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18223 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18226 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18232 \begin_inset Argument 1
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18246 \begin_inset Argument 2
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18261 Great Western Railway
18271 \begin_layout Standard
18273 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18274 A negative horizontal value reverses the text
18275 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856686
18276 on the horizontal axis,
18278 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856688
18280 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18281 a negative vertical value
18282 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856694
18284 \change_inserted -712698321 1673856702
18285 on the vertical axis,
18287 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18289 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856704
18291 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18295 \begin_layout Standard
18297 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18298 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18304 \begin_inset Argument 1
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18318 \begin_inset Argument 2
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18331 Great Western Railway
18339 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18345 \begin_inset Argument 1
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18359 \begin_inset Argument 2
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045
18372 Great Western Railway
18382 \begin_layout Subsection
18384 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18388 \begin_layout Standard
18390 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18391 This module defines Boxes with section header.
18392 It is mainly intended for the SciPoster Document class.
18396 \begin_layout Subsection
18398 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18399 Variable-width Minipages
18402 \begin_layout Standard
18404 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18415 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18427 package provides a variable-width minipage,
18428 whose resulting width is the width of its contents (if this does not exceed the specified maximum width).
18429 The inset has two optional arguments which can be added by placing the cursor inside the minipage and entering
18431 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18444 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18460 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
18461 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
18462 Variable-width Minipages
18468 \begin_layout Section
18470 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18474 \begin_layout Subsection
18476 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18477 Fix Computer Modern Fonts
18480 \begin_layout Standard
18482 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18483 This module uses the
18487 package to improve the appearance of Computer Modern fonts and make them available with arbitrary sizes.
18489 \begin_inset CommandInset href
18491 name "fix-cm documentation"
18492 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf"
18501 \begin_layout Subsection
18503 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18505 Kernel Fixes (Obsolete)
18508 \begin_layout Standard
18510 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18511 This module loads the \SpecialChar LaTeX
18516 which contains some bug fixes for \SpecialChar LaTeX
18518 If you use this module your typeset document may look different when you process it,
18519 depending on the respective version of
18527 \begin_layout Paragraph
18529 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18533 \begin_layout Standard
18535 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18536 recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
18537 kernels (as of 2015/01/01) include the functionality of
18546 module is obsolete with newer \SpecialChar LaTeX
18549 \change_deleted -712698321 1673857809
18551 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18555 \begin_layout Subsection
18557 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18558 Minimalistic Insets
18561 \begin_layout Standard
18563 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18564 This module redefines several insets (Index,
18566 URL) as being Minimalistic.
18569 \begin_layout Subsection
18571 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18572 Title and Preamble Hacks
18575 \begin_layout Standard
18577 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18578 This module provides two new paragraph styles:
18582 \begin_layout Enumerate
18584 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18589 which puts whatever is entered into it into the preamble.
18592 to include preamble code in the body of a LyX document.
18596 \begin_layout Enumerate
18598 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699
18603 which that will put its contents into the body of the LaTeX document,
18611 This is useful for making branches and notes in title-related material.
18613 if you put these in a
18618 this signals to LyX to output
18625 which may then come too early.)
18628 \begin_layout Section
18630 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18634 \begin_layout Subsection
18636 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18640 \begin_layout Standard
18642 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18643 This module uses the
18647 package for algorithm floats rather than LyX’s home-brewed algorithm floats.
18648 Use the Algorithm paragraph style to enter and indent the algorithm.
18650 \begin_inset CommandInset href
18652 name "algorithm2e documentation"
18653 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/doc/algorithm2e.pdf"
18661 \begin_layout Subsection
18663 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18664 Bilingual Captions AKA Multilingual Captions
18667 \begin_layout Standard
18669 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18670 This module provides the paragraph style
18673 \begin_inset space ~
18678 with which to typeset
18679 \change_deleted -712698321 1673859156
18681 \change_inserted -712698321 1673859156
18683 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18685 Within this paragraph style
18687 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18690 allows you to enter the desired
18691 \change_inserted -712698321 1673859387
18693 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18694 language using one of the babel names.
18697 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
18698 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
18700 \change_inserted -712698321 1673859558
18701 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
18703 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18704 Multilingual Captions
18708 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18709 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
18710 Multilingual Captions
18712 further information on its use.
18715 \begin_layout Subsection
18717 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18718 Number Figures by Section
18721 \begin_layout Standard
18723 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18724 This module resets the figure number at section start and prepends the section number to the figure number,
18725 as in “Figure 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.)
18728 \begin_layout Subsection
18730 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18731 Number Tables by Section
18734 \begin_layout Standard
18736 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18737 This module resets the table number at section start and prepends the section number to the table number,
18738 as in “Table 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.)
18741 \begin_layout Section
18743 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18747 \begin_layout Subsection
18749 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18753 \begin_layout Standard
18755 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18756 This module adds an endnote inset,
18757 in addition to footnotes.
18763 which has some limitations but works with older
18764 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861636
18766 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861636
18769 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18770 distributions as well.
18773 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18774 Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
18777 to insert an endnote and
18779 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18780 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
18783 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
18786 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18788 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861792
18789 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18791 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18793 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861963
18794 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18795 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
18797 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861963
18804 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18810 \begin_layout Subsection
18812 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18813 Endnotes (Extended)
18816 \begin_layout Standard
18818 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18819 This module adds an endnote inset,
18820 in addition to footnotes.
18825 package which is more powerful and customizable than the
18830 but requires a fairly modern
18831 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861643
18833 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861643
18836 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18838 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861645
18840 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861645
18843 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18847 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18848 Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
18851 to insert an endnote and
18853 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18854 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
18857 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
18860 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18862 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861798
18863 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18865 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18867 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861924
18876 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861927
18879 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18880 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
18882 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18888 \begin_layout Subsection
18890 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18891 Footnotes as Endnotes (Basic)
18894 \begin_layout Standard
18896 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18897 This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
18903 which has some limitations but works with older
18904 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861650
18906 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861650
18909 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18910 distributions as well.
18913 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18914 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
18917 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
18920 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18922 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861805
18923 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18925 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18927 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861947
18928 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18929 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
18931 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861947
18938 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18944 \begin_layout Subsection
18946 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18947 Footnotes as Endnotes (Extended)
18950 \begin_layout Standard
18952 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18953 This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
18958 package which is more powerful and customizable than then
18963 but requires a fairly modern
18964 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861654
18966 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861654
18969 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18971 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861656
18973 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861656
18976 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18980 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18981 List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
18984 to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
18987 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
18989 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861808
18990 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18992 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
18994 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861955
18995 \SpecialChar menuseparator
18996 Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator
18998 \change_inserted -712698321 1673861989
19007 \change_deleted -712698321 1673861956
19009 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19013 \begin_layout Section
19015 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19020 \begin_layout Subsection
19022 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19026 \begin_layout Standard
19028 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19029 This module provides support for the
19033 package to print chess games.
19036 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
19037 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
19038 Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
19041 where you will find
19050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
19052 name "chessboard documentation"
19053 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/chessboard/chessboard.pdf"
19061 \begin_layout Subsection
19063 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19064 Lilypond Music Notation
19067 \begin_layout Standard
19069 \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439
19070 This module provides an inset via
19075 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19076 Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
19079 in which to enter code for the LilyPond music editor.
19080 It will then be processed in the output.
19083 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
19084 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
19089 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
19090 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
19091 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
19095 It cannot be used if the modules
19098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19110 \begin_layout Section
19112 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19116 \begin_layout Subsection
19118 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19122 name "subsec:Customizable-Lists"
19129 \begin_layout Standard
19131 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19132 This module uses the
19136 package to enable the customization of various list environments.
19139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19141 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19142 Custom Enumerate Lists
19145 \begin_layout Standard
19148 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19149 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu
19154 nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
19161 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
19162 There you add the command
19165 \begin_layout Standard
19167 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19175 \begin_layout Standard
19177 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19178 in \SpecialChar TeX
19188 \begin_layout Standard
19190 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19195 is the first level counter of the enumeration.
19196 To change the numbering for the list sublevels,
19201 ” in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19225 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19232 outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
19233 For capital Roman numerals replace
19245 in the command above.
19246 For Arabic numerals use
19254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19261 items with capital or small Latin letters use
19277 \begin_layout Standard
19280 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19281 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19292 You can only number 26
19293 \begin_inset space ~
19296 items with Latin letters,
19297 because this numbering is limited to single letters.
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19307 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19308 Here is a list with custom numbering:
19311 \begin_layout Enumerate
19313 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19314 \begin_inset Argument 1
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19325 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19346 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19353 \begin_layout Enumerate
19355 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19356 \begin_inset Argument 1
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19388 \begin_layout Enumerate
19390 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19392 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19399 \begin_layout Enumerate
19401 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19402 \begin_inset Argument 1
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19416 \change_deleted 274215730 1672889016
19420 \change_inserted 274215730 1672889016
19424 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19440 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19447 \begin_layout Enumerate
19449 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19450 \begin_inset Argument 1
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19485 \begin_layout Standard
19487 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19488 For this list these commands were used:
19491 \begin_layout Standard
19494 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19504 \begin_inset Newline newline
19512 \begin_inset Newline newline
19516 \change_deleted 274215730 1672889037
19520 \change_inserted 274215730 1672889037
19524 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19528 \begin_inset Newline newline
19538 \begin_layout Standard
19540 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19547 makes the label emphasized and
19548 \change_deleted 274215730 1672889045
19554 \change_inserted 274215730 1672889046
19558 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19564 \begin_layout Standard
19566 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19578 When you change the label of a list level,
19579 it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition.
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19589 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19615 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19616 Numbered Paragraphs in Reports
19619 \begin_layout Enumerate
19621 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
19622 Official reports often include numbered paragraphs;
19623 you can achieve this with a variation on the approach outlined in
19624 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916429
19626 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
19628 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916431
19630 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916432
19632 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
19634 \begin_inset space ~
19638 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916425
19640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19642 reference "sec:How-to-use"
19647 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916426
19649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19651 reference "fn:If-you-really"
19660 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213
19666 in each command with
19673 \begin_layout Enumerate
19675 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19676 These numbered paragraphs were generated by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX
19678 \begin_inset Separator latexpar
19685 \begin_layout Standard
19687 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19701 \begin_layout Standard
19703 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19704 before the start of the section;
19711 uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
19712 section counter to generate the first part of the number.
19716 \begin_layout Enumerate
19718 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19719 I have ignored the subsection heading in this example because,
19720 with paragraphs numbered in this way,
19721 subsections are less likely to be used.
19724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19726 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19727 Resumed Enumeration
19730 \begin_layout Standard
19732 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19754 \begin_layout Standard
19756 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19757 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
19760 \begin_layout Enumerate
19762 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19763 \begin_inset Argument 1
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19791 \begin_inset Note Note
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19796 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19797 goes back to default numbering
19805 \begin_layout Enumerate
19807 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19811 \begin_layout Standard
19813 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19817 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
19819 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19823 \begin_layout Standard
19825 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19826 To resume an enumeration,
19833 \change_deleted -712698321 1673882803
19834 Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX
19835 to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
19838 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19842 \begin_layout Standard
19844 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19845 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19856 If there is no previous enumeration to resume,
19857 you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
19866 \begin_layout Standard
19868 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19869 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one.
19870 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
19871 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration.
19876 \begin_layout Standard
19878 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19886 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19891 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
19895 \begin_layout Enumerate
19897 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19901 \begin_layout Enumerate
19903 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19907 \begin_layout Standard
19909 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19910 Enumeration starting at a given value:
19913 \begin_layout Enumerate
19915 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19916 \begin_inset Argument 1
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19941 This enumeration starts at 4
19944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19946 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19948 \begin_inset Index idx
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19969 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19970 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list.
19971 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
19974 \begin_layout Itemize
19976 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19980 \begin_layout Itemize
19982 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19983 with standard spacing
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19988 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
19989 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list.
19990 Add there the command
19994 to get no additional list space like in this example:
19997 \begin_layout Itemize
19999 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20000 \begin_inset Argument 1
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20028 \begin_layout Itemize
20030 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20034 \begin_layout Itemize
20036 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20042 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20043 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the
20048 \begin_inset Index idx
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20055 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20066 For more information see the
20067 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20069 name "enumitem documentation"
20070 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
20078 \begin_layout Standard
20080 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20081 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation.
20082 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
20083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20086 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
20089 \begin_layout Enumerate
20091 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20092 \begin_inset Argument 1
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20097 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20123 \begin_layout Enumerate
20125 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20126 with negative indentation
20129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20131 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20132 Further Customization
20133 \begin_inset Index idx
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20140 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20152 \begin_layout Standard
20154 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20155 You can also change the style of description lists.
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20161 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20167 \begin_layout Standard
20169 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20170 changes the description label font,
20174 \begin_layout Standard
20176 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20185 \begin_layout Standard
20187 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20188 sets the list style.
20191 \begin_layout Standard
20193 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20194 An example where the command
20197 \begin_layout Standard
20199 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20208 \begin_layout Standard
20210 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20214 \begin_layout Description
20216 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20218 \begin_inset space ~
20223 \begin_inset Argument 1
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20253 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules,
20254 therefore ionizing them.
20257 \begin_layout Description
20259 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20261 \begin_inset space ~
20265 In computer science,
20266 reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references,
20268 or handles to a resource such as an object,
20270 disk space or other resource.
20273 \begin_layout Standard
20275 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20276 There are many more commands and features provided by the
20281 \begin_inset Index idx
20286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20299 For more information see the
20300 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20302 name "enumitem documentation"
20303 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
20311 \begin_layout Subsection
20313 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20319 \begin_layout Standard
20321 \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150
20322 This module uses the package
20326 to provide nine new list environments.
20327 Itemized and enumerated lists can be typeset within paragraphs,
20328 as paragraphs and in a compact version.
20329 Most environments have optional arguments to format the labels.
20331 the \SpecialChar LaTeX
20332 list environments itemize and enumerate are extended to use a similar optional argument.
20333 For further details see
20335 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20336 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20337 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20338 Paragraph Lists (paralist)
20343 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
20344 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
20348 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20350 name "paralist documentation"
20351 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf"
20359 \begin_layout Section
20361 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20362 Literate Programming
20363 \change_deleted -712698321 1673885680
20365 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20369 \begin_layout Subsection
20371 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20375 \begin_layout Standard
20377 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20378 This module allows the use of Noweb as a literate programming tool.
20379 The files and the documentation for Noweb can be obtained from
20380 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20383 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/noweb"
20389 Literate programming is described in section
20390 \begin_inset space ~
20394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20396 reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
20401 and there are three example files:
20404 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20405 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20406 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20412 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20413 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20414 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20419 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20420 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20421 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20422 Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX
20428 \begin_layout Subsection
20430 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20434 \begin_layout Standard
20436 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20437 This module uses the
20447 \begin_inset Flex Code
20450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20460 package in R for dynamic report generation has to be installed for this module to work:
20462 \begin_inset Flex Code
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20468 install.packages(“knitr”)
20479 \begin_layout Paragraph
20481 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20485 \begin_layout Itemize
20487 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20488 it depends on R >= 2.14.1.
20490 \begin_inset Flex URL
20493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20497 http://yihui.name/knitr
20506 \change_deleted -712698321 1673886383
20508 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20512 \begin_layout Itemize
20514 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20519 also has to be installed.
20521 \change_inserted -712698321 1673886396
20525 \begin_layout Itemize
20527 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20528 It cannot be used if the modules
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20542 \change_deleted -712698321 1673886383
20544 \change_inserted -712698321 1673886376
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20550 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20553 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
20554 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
20560 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20561 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20562 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20572 reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
20577 for information about literate programming.
20580 \begin_layout Subsection
20582 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20586 \begin_layout Standard
20588 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542
20589 This module allows the use of the statistical language S/R as a literate programming tool.
20600 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20603 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/includernw"
20609 \begin_inset CommandInset href
20612 target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb"
20617 are available from CTAN.
20618 It cannot be used if the module
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20629 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
20630 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
20636 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
20637 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
20638 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
20642 \begin_inset space ~
20646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20648 reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
20653 for information about literate programming.
20656 \begin_layout Section
20658 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20662 \begin_layout Subsection
20664 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20670 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20671 This modules defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
20672 Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
20674 the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
20675 This can be changed by loading one of the
20677 AMS Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
20681 It cannot be used if the modules
20687 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
20692 \begin_layout Subsection
20694 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20695 AMS Theorems (Extended)
20698 \begin_layout Standard
20700 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20701 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the
20705 package (which must be loaded).
20742 \change_deleted -712698321 1675594790
20749 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20773 in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
20776 \begin_layout Subsection
20778 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20779 AMS Theorems (Extended,
20780 Numbered by Type within Chapters)
20783 \begin_layout Standard
20785 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20786 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the
20788 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
20791 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898102
20793 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898103
20795 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20796 (which must be loaded).
20833 \change_deleted -712698321 1675594800
20840 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20854 in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
20856 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898226
20860 \begin_layout Standard
20862 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20865 AMS Theorems (Extended)
20868 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter,
20869 restarted with each new chapter (e.g.,
20871 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898319
20875 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898319
20877 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20882 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898320
20886 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898321
20888 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20893 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898322
20897 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898322
20899 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20904 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898325
20908 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898325
20910 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20915 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898327
20919 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898327
20921 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20926 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898329
20930 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898329
20932 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20939 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898339
20941 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898339
20943 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20945 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898336
20950 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20954 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898342
20956 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898342
20960 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20965 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898344
20967 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898344
20971 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20976 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898346
20978 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898347
20982 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20987 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898348
20989 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898348
20993 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
20995 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898350
21000 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898352
21002 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898353
21005 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21009 \begin_layout Subsection
21011 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21012 AMS Theorems (Extended,
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21018 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21019 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the
21021 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21023 package (which must be loaded).
21060 \change_deleted -712698321 1675594806
21067 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21081 in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
21083 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898455
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21089 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21092 AMS Theorems (Extended)
21095 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21097 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898821
21099 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898821
21103 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21108 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898823
21110 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898823
21114 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21119 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898825
21121 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898825
21125 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21130 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898827
21132 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898827
21136 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21141 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898830
21143 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898830
21147 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21154 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898832
21156 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898832
21160 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21165 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898834
21167 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898834
21171 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21176 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898836
21178 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898836
21182 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21187 \change_deleted -712698321 1674898838
21189 \change_inserted -712698321 1674898838
21193 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21201 \begin_layout Subsection
21203 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21204 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21209 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21210 This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
21211 Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
21213 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901718
21217 \begin_layout Standard
21219 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21225 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21227 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901843
21229 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901843
21233 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21238 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901845
21240 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901845
21244 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21249 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901847
21253 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901847
21255 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21260 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901849
21264 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901849
21266 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21271 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901852
21275 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901852
21277 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21282 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901854
21286 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901854
21288 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21295 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901859
21297 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901859
21301 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21306 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901861
21308 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901861
21312 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21317 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901863
21319 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901863
21323 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21328 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901868
21330 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901868
21334 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21340 The numbering restarts for each chapter:
21342 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901871
21344 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901871
21348 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21353 \change_deleted -712698321 1674901873
21355 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901873
21359 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21365 \change_inserted -712698321 1674901725
21369 \begin_layout Standard
21371 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21372 It cannot be used if the modules
21384 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21388 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21393 \begin_layout Subsection
21395 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21396 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21401 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21402 This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
21403 Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
21409 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21411 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902051
21413 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902051
21417 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21422 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902053
21424 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902053
21428 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21433 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902055
21435 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902055
21439 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21444 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902058
21448 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902058
21450 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21455 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902061
21459 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902060
21461 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21466 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902063
21468 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902063
21472 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21479 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902066
21481 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902067
21485 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21490 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902069
21492 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902069
21496 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21501 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902071
21503 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902071
21507 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21512 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902075
21514 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902075
21518 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21524 The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
21525 For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
21526 use one of the ‘within Sections’/‘within Chapters’ modules,
21529 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902047
21533 \begin_layout Standard
21535 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21536 It cannot be used if the modules
21548 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21552 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21557 \begin_layout Subsection
21559 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21560 Number Equations by Section
21563 \begin_layout Standard
21565 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21566 This module resets the equation number at section start and prepends the section number to the equation number,
21568 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902160
21570 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21576 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902162
21578 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21582 \begin_layout Subsection
21584 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21590 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21591 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
21593 the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
21594 This can be changed by loading one of the
21596 Standard Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
21601 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902414
21605 \begin_layout Standard
21607 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21608 It cannot be used if the modules
21614 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21620 \begin_layout Subsection
21622 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21623 Standard Theorems (Nameable)
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21628 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21629 This module facilitates the use of named theorems.
21630 The name of the theorem
21631 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902805
21633 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902825
21634 can be inserted via
21636 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21638 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902827
21640 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21641 Additional Theorem Text
21642 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902831
21646 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21651 \begin_layout Subsection
21653 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21654 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21659 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21660 This module numbers theorems and the like by chapter (i.e.,
21661 the counter is reset at each chapter start).
21662 Use this module only with document classes that provide a chapter environment.
21664 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903079
21668 \begin_layout Standard
21670 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21681 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903082
21685 \begin_layout Standard
21687 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21688 It cannot be used if the module
21690 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
21695 \begin_layout Subsection
21697 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21698 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21703 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21704 This module numbers theorems and the like by section (i.e.,
21705 the counter is reset at each section start).
21715 It cannot be used if the module
21717 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
21722 \begin_layout Subsection
21724 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21725 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21730 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21731 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
21741 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21743 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903338
21745 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903338
21749 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21754 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903340
21756 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903340
21760 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21765 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903343
21767 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903343
21771 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21776 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903346
21778 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903346
21782 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21787 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903348
21789 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903348
21793 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21798 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903351
21800 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903351
21804 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21811 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903354
21813 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903354
21817 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21822 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903356
21824 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903356
21828 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21833 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903359
21835 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903359
21839 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21844 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903361
21846 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903361
21850 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21856 The numbering is reset at each chapter start.
21858 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902715
21862 \begin_layout Standard
21864 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21867 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21871 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
21875 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902717
21879 \begin_layout Standard
21881 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21882 It cannot be used if any of the modules
21894 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
21899 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Sections)
21903 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
21908 \begin_layout Subsection
21910 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21911 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
21914 \begin_layout Standard
21916 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21917 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
21927 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
21929 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902520
21931 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902520
21935 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21940 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902522
21942 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902522
21946 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21951 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902527
21953 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902527
21957 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21962 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902529
21966 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902529
21968 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21973 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902532
21975 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902532
21979 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21984 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902535
21988 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902534
21990 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
21997 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902538
21999 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902538
22003 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22008 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902540
22010 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902540
22014 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22019 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902543
22021 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902543
22025 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22030 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902545
22034 \change_deleted -712698321 1674902545
22036 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22042 The numbering is reset at each section start.
22044 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902574
22048 \begin_layout Standard
22050 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22053 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22057 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22061 \change_inserted -712698321 1674902609
22065 \begin_layout Standard
22067 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22068 It cannot be used if any of the modules
22080 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22085 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapters)
22089 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
22094 \begin_layout Subsection
22096 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22097 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22102 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22103 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
22113 the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
22115 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903220
22117 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903220
22121 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22126 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903221
22128 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903221
22132 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22137 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903225
22139 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903226
22143 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22148 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903228
22152 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903228
22154 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22159 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903231
22161 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903232
22165 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22170 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903261
22174 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903233
22176 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22183 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903237
22185 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903237
22189 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22194 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903240
22196 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903240
22200 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22205 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903242
22207 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903242
22211 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22216 \change_deleted -712698321 1674903246
22218 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903246
22222 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22228 The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
22229 For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
22230 use one of the “within Chapters”/“within Sections” modules,
22233 \change_inserted -712698321 1674903280
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22239 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22240 It cannot be used if any of the modules
22252 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22256 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
22261 \begin_layout Subsection
22263 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22264 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
22267 \begin_layout Standard
22269 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22270 This module defines only unnumbered theorem environments and the proof environment,
22271 using the extended AMS machinery.
22272 It cannot be used if either of the modules
22283 \begin_layout Subsection
22285 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22289 \begin_layout Standard
22291 \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959
22292 This module provides a straightforward way to segregate subequations in LyX.
22295 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
22296 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
22303 \begin_layout Section
22305 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22309 \begin_layout Subsection
22311 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22312 Custom Header/Footer Text
22315 \begin_layout Standard
22317 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22318 This module requires the
22321 \begin_inset space ~
22335 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
22340 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
22342 \begin_inset space ~
22347 dialog to be set to
22352 It adds six environments to document classes which support the
22359 \begin_layout Itemize
22361 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22367 \begin_layout Itemize
22369 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22375 \begin_layout Itemize
22377 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22383 \begin_layout Itemize
22385 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22391 \begin_layout Itemize
22393 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22399 \begin_layout Itemize
22401 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22409 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22410 Fancy Headers and Footers
22413 \begin_layout Standard
22415 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22416 The default page layout is rather plain;
22418 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910295
22420 \begin_inset Flex Code
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22434 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22436 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910328
22439 Article (Standard Class)
22442 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22444 all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
22446 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910381
22448 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22450 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910376
22452 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910376
22456 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22460 so it appears to be a bit fancier.
22462 \change_inserted -712698321 1674910455
22466 \begin_layout Standard
22468 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22472 \begin_inset space ~
22486 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
22491 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
22495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22503 you will find that the page header is divided into three fields,
22504 not surprisingly labeled
22505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22531 The footer is also divided into these three fields.
22532 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
22533 commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are
22562 Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page.
22563 Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
22567 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22569 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22576 \begin_layout Standard
22578 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22579 You will now see your name in the upper left.
22580 If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument,
22582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22588 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22590 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22598 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22601 an easier way to make simple changes.
22607 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
22612 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
22613 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
22614 Page Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
22615 Custom Header/Footer Text
22618 you will find you have six new environments corresponding to the six fields described above.
22621 \begin_layout Standard
22623 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22624 Let's get really fancy:
22625 lets put the section number with the word
22626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22638 \begin_inset space \space{}
22641 Section 3) in the upper left,
22642 the page number (e.
22643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22647 \begin_inset space \space{}
22650 Page 4) in the upper right,
22651 your name in the lower left,
22652 and the date in the lower right.
22653 Use your newly enabled environments to add these entries:
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22658 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910975
22659 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22663 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22667 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22669 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22673 \begin_inset space ~
22692 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22694 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22700 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22702 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22719 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22721 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22733 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22735 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22741 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22743 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22757 \begin_layout Standard
22759 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910976
22760 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22764 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22768 \begin_layout Standard
22770 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22771 Make sure you enter the commands
22790 as \SpecialChar TeX
22808 access \SpecialChar LaTeX
22809 ’s section and page counters,
22810 and so print out the current section and page numbers.
22817 simply prints out today’s date.
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22822 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22823 The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified.
22824 If you don't want one of the rules,
22825 set its thickness to 0.
22826 The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt,
22827 the footer rule is 0pt.
22828 For this you will need to use \SpecialChar TeX
22832 \begin_layout Standard
22834 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22841 headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
22846 \begin_layout Standard
22848 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22855 footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
22857 to set the thicknesses.
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22862 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22863 You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using \SpecialChar TeX
22868 thispagestyle{empty}
22875 thispagestyle{plain}
22882 thispagestyle{fancy}
22885 Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX
22888 title pages are marked as plain by default,
22889 while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
22893 \begin_layout Standard
22895 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22896 If you want a header or footer to be on the outer side of a two sided document,
22897 you need to use something like:
22900 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22902 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911361
22905 \begin_inset Flex Strong
22908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22910 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22924 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911361
22934 \begin_layout LyX-Code
22936 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911364
22939 \begin_inset Flex Strong
22942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22944 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22960 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911364
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22974 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22975 The first command clears all existing footers avoiding any conflicts with your new command.
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22980 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22981 You can enter any of these commands,
22982 the simpler ones in any of your new environments,
22983 the more complex ones as \SpecialChar TeX
22985 at any point in your document and they will take effect on the next page.
22988 \begin_layout Standard
22990 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
22991 As a final example,
22992 it is possible to include an image in the header or footer.
22993 Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper left hand corner.
22994 You might try something like
22995 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911745
22998 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
22999 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
23003 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23007 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23009 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23016 includegraphics{logo.
23017 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911807
23019 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911807
23021 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23028 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911836
23030 \change_inserted -712698321 1674911837
23032 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23033 ou may need to preface this with
23037 usepackage{graphics}
23039 if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document
23040 \change_deleted -712698321 1674911839
23042 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23046 \begin_layout Standard
23048 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23049 For more information on fancy headers,
23051 \begin_inset Flex Code
23054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23056 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23065 \begin_inset CommandInset href
23068 target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr"
23077 \begin_layout Subsection
23079 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23080 Landscape Document Parts
23083 \begin_layout Standard
23085 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23086 This module outputs parts of the document in landscape mode using
23088 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23089 Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
23094 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23095 Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
23096 Landscape (Floating)
23101 \begin_layout Subsection
23103 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23106 name "sec:Multiple-Columns"
23113 \begin_layout Standard
23115 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23116 This module uses the
23121 \begin_inset Index idx
23126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23128 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008
23138 package and is independent of the option
23151 ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
23156 ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
23158 \begin_inset space ~
23164 If you want to have two columns for the whole document,
23165 you are recommended to use the
23174 For all other cases use this module.
23175 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008
23176 Multiple Text Columns
23179 \begin_layout Standard
23181 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008
23182 This feature is independent of the option
23184 Two-column document
23186 in the document settings under
23191 If you want to have 2
23192 \begin_inset space ~
23195 columns for the whole document,
23196 it is recommended to use the
23198 Two-column document
23201 For all other cases use this feature.
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23206 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008
23207 To use multiple text columns in your document,
23208 you have to load the module
23214 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
23215 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
23218 ) and must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
23220 \begin_inset Flex Code
23223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23234 \begin_layout Standard
23235 Footnotes within multiple columns will be placed at the bottom of the page and not under each column.
23236 Within the different columns you can use everything,
23237 with the limitation that for floats you need to
23238 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236179
23239 use the float option
23242 \change_inserted 564990737 1672236179
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23261 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
23267 \begin_inset space ~
23277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23281 \begin_layout Standard
23282 If you want to have
23283 \change_deleted -712698321 1674912320
23285 \change_inserted -712698321 1674912321
23287 \change_deleted -712698321 1674912322
23289 \begin_inset space ~
23293 \change_inserted -712698321 1674912322
23296 columns in your text,
23297 insert a multicolumn inset via the menu
23299 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23301 \begin_inset space ~
23304 Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
23306 \begin_inset space ~
23311 where the columns should start.
23312 Write all text that should be printed in 2
23313 \begin_inset space ~
23316 columns into this inset.
23319 \begin_layout Standard
23320 Here is an example:
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23325 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 The Adventure of the Empty House
23336 \begin_inset Newline newline
23341 Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested,
23348 and the fashionable world dismayed,
23349 by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
23350 The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation,
23351 but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion,
23352 since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
23354 at the end of nearly ten years,
23355 am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
23356 The crime was of interest in itself,
23357 but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel,
23358 which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
23360 after this long interval,
23361 I find myself thrilling as I think of it,
23362 and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy,
23364 and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind.
23365 Let me say to that public,
23366 which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man,
23367 that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them,
23368 for I should have considered it my first duty to do so,
23369 had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips,
23370 which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
23378 \begin_layout Standard
23379 To get 3 or more columns,
23380 set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu
23382 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23384 \begin_inset space ~
23388 \begin_inset space ~
23394 The number of the desired columns is written into that inset (for 3
23395 \begin_inset space ~
23399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23407 \begin_inset Newline newline
23410 Here is an example with 3
23411 \begin_inset space ~
23417 \begin_layout Standard
23418 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23424 \begin_inset Argument 1
23427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23434 It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime,
23435 and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public.
23436 And I even attempted,
23438 for my own private satisfaction,
23439 to employ his methods in their solution,
23440 though with indifferent success.
23443 which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair.
23444 As I read the evidence at the inquest,
23445 which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown,
23446 I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes.
23447 There were points about this strange business which would,
23449 have specially appealed to him,
23450 and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented,
23451 or more probably anticipated,
23452 by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
23454 as I drove upon my round,
23455 I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
23456 At the risk of telling a twice-told tale,
23457 I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
23465 \begin_layout Standard
23466 You can have up to 10
23467 \begin_inset space ~
23470 columns if you want to,
23471 but that might not be very pleasant for the readers of your document.
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23476 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236245
23477 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
23485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23486 Columns inside Columns
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 You can also have columns inside columns:
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23494 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
23501 at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
23502 Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract,
23505 and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane.
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23509 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23515 The youth moved in the best society
23516 \begin_inset space ~
23520 so far as was known,
23521 no enemies and no particular vices.
23522 He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley,
23524 but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before,
23525 and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
23526 For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
23527 for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
23528 Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came,
23529 in most strange and unexpected form,
23530 between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30,
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23542 Ronald Adair was fond of cards
23543 \begin_inset space ~
23546 – playing continually,
23547 but never for such stakes as would hurt him.
23548 He was a member of the Baldwin,
23550 and the Bagatelle card clubs.
23552 after dinner on the day of his death,
23553 he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club.
23554 He had also played there in the afternoon.
23559 The evidence of those who had played with him
23560 \begin_inset space ~
23567 \begin_inset space ~
23570 – showed that the game was whist,
23571 and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
23572 Adair might have lost five pounds,
23574 His fortune was a considerable one,
23575 and such a loss could not in any way affect him.
23576 He had played nearly every day at one club or other,
23577 but he was a cautious player,
23578 and usually rose a winner.
23579 It came out in evidence that,
23580 in partnership with Colonel Moran,
23581 he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting,
23583 from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
23584 So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
23592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23596 \begin_layout Standard
23597 The examples in this section show some more special features of multiple columns.
23600 \begin_layout Standard
23601 For more features of multiple columns,
23603 \begin_inset CommandInset href
23605 name "documentation"
23606 target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf"
23611 of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
23613 \begin_inset Flex Code
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23625 \begin_layout Paragraph
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23630 To add a preface text for multiple columns,
23631 set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu
23633 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23637 Write your preface text into that inset.
23638 \begin_inset Newline newline
23641 This is an example with some preface text:
23644 \begin_layout Standard
23645 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 \begin_inset Argument 2
23659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23660 And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar ldots
23668 On the evening of the crime,
23669 he returned from the club exactly at ten.
23670 His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
23671 The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
23672 generally used as his sitting-room.
23673 She had lit a fire there,
23674 and as it smoked she had opened the window.
23675 No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
23676 the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
23677 Desiring to say good-night,
23678 she attempted to enter her son's room.
23679 The door was locked on the inside,
23680 and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
23682 and the door forced.
23683 The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
23684 His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
23685 but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
23693 \begin_layout Standard
23694 You can also use a section heading as the preface if you use a section command as \SpecialChar TeX
23696 For example the command
23699 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23702 subsection{subsection title}
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23706 creates a subsection.
23707 In this example the preface is a subsubsection:
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23715 \begin_inset Argument 2
23718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23731 This is a subsubsection heading as a preface
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23749 A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex.
23750 In the first place,
23751 no reason could be given why the young man should have fastened the door upon the inside.
23752 There was the possibility that the murderer had done this,
23753 and had afterwards escaped by the window.
23754 The drop was at least twenty feet,
23756 and a bed of crocuses in full bloom lay beneath.
23757 Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed,
23758 nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated the house from the road.
23761 it was the young man himself who had fastened the door.
23762 But how did he come by his death?
23763 No one could have climbed up to the window without leaving traces.
23764 Suppose a man had fired through the window,
23765 he would indeed be a remarkable shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound.
23767 Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare;
23768 there is a cab stand within a hundred yards of the house.
23769 No one had heard a shot.
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 If there is less vertical space than
23779 \change_deleted -712698321 1674913194
23781 \begin_inset space ~
23785 \change_inserted -712698321 1674913195
23788 text lines is left on the page at the beginning of the multiple columns,
23789 a page break will be inserted before the multiple columns.
23790 Depending on the number of lines of the preface text,
23791 you might want to change this space.
23792 This is done by setting the cursor into the mulitcolumn inset behind the preface (if there is any) and using the menu
23794 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
23796 \begin_inset space ~
23800 \begin_inset space ~
23804 \begin_inset space ~
23810 Insert into that inset the amount of space like e.
23811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23815 \begin_inset space \space{}
23819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23827 \begin_inset Newline newline
23830 In this example the space is set to 7
23831 \begin_inset space ~
23834 text lines by using
23835 \begin_inset Flex Code
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23847 \begin_inset Flex Code
23850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23858 needs to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23863 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
23866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23867 \begin_inset Argument 3
23870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23891 On the evening of the crime,
23892 he returned from the club exactly at ten.
23893 His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
23894 The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
23895 generally used as his sitting-room.
23896 She had lit a fire there,
23897 and as it smoked she had opened the window.
23898 No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
23899 the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
23900 Desiring to say good-night,
23901 she attempted to enter her son's room.
23902 The door was locked on the inside,
23903 and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
23905 and the door forced.
23906 The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
23907 His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
23908 but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
23916 \begin_layout Paragraph
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23921 The amount of space before and after multiple columns can be changed by changing the length
23922 \begin_inset Flex Code
23925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23934 For example the command
23937 \begin_layout LyX-Code
23945 \begin_layout Standard
23946 in \SpecialChar TeX
23947 Code changes its value to 3
23948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23952 The change must be made before the multiple columns' start.
23953 The predefined value is 13
23954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23960 \begin_layout Standard
23962 \begin_inset Flex Code
23965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 multicolsep}{2.5cm}
23998 \begin_layout Standard
23999 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24005 All day I turned these facts over in my mind,
24006 endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all,
24007 and to find that line of least resistance which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigation.
24008 I confess that I made little progress.
24009 In the evening I strolled across the Park,
24010 and found myself about six o'clock at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane.
24011 A group of loafers upon the pavements,
24012 all staring up at a particular window,
24013 directed me to the house which I had come to see.
24015 thin man with coloured glasses,
24016 whom I strongly suspected of being a plain-clothes detective,
24017 was pointing out some theory of his own,
24018 while the others crowded round to listen to what he said.
24019 I got as near him as I could,
24020 but his observations seemed to me to be absurd,
24021 so I withdrew again in some disgust.
24022 As I did so I struck against an elderly,
24024 who had been behind me,
24025 and I knocked down several books which he was carrying.
24033 \begin_layout Standard
24034 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24043 The values you set with
24044 \begin_inset Flex Code
24047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24055 will be used for all following multiple columns until you change them again.
24063 \begin_layout Standard
24067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24079 \begin_inset Note Note
24082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24083 go back to the default
24091 \begin_layout Standard
24093 \change_deleted 564990737 1672236355
24094 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
24102 \begin_layout Paragraph
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 A column break can be forced by inserting the command
24108 \begin_inset Flex Code
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24119 as \SpecialChar TeX
24120 Code to that position in the text where the column should be broken.
24121 Note that this leads in most cases to whitespace in the text.
24122 \begin_inset Newline newline
24125 Here is an example:
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24138 You're surprised to see me,
24140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24151 I acknowledged that I was.
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24163 and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
24164 as I came hobbling after you,
24165 I thought to myself,
24166 I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
24167 and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
24168 and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
24169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24181 You make too much of a trifle,
24182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24190 May I ask how you knew who I was?
24191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24194 AFTER THIS SENTENCE THE COLUMN BREAK IS FORCED.
24198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24218 if it isn't too great a liberty,
24219 I am a neighbour of yours,
24220 for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
24221 and very happy to see you,
24223 Maybe you collect yourself,
24228 \begin_inset space ~
24244 \begin_inset space ~
24249 With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
24253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24264 \begin_layout Paragraph
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24269 The width of the columns is automatically calculated,
24270 but you can modify the space between the columns.
24271 This is done by changing the length
24272 \begin_inset Flex Code
24275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24284 Its predefined value is 10
24285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24289 Here is an example where
24290 \begin_inset Flex Code
24293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24308 \begin_layout Standard
24312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24326 \begin_layout Standard
24327 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24333 My observations of No.
24334 \begin_inset space \space{}
24337 427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
24338 The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing,
24339 the whole not more than five feet high.
24340 It was perfectly easy,
24342 for anyone to get into the garden,
24343 but the window was entirely inaccessible,
24344 since there was no water pipe or anything which could help the most active man to climb it.
24345 More puzzled than ever,
24346 I retraced my steps to Kensington.
24347 I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that a person desired to see me.
24348 To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector,
24350 wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair,
24351 and his precious volumes,
24352 a dozen of them at least,
24353 wedged under his right arm.
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24377 \begin_inset Note Note
24380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24381 go back to the default
24389 \begin_layout Paragraph
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 Between the columns a rule with a width of the length
24395 \begin_inset Flex Code
24398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24407 If this rule width is set to 0
24408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24411 pt (this is the default),
24412 the rule is suppressed.
24413 In the following example the rule is 2
24414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24420 \begin_layout Standard
24424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24430 columnseprule}{2pt}
24438 \begin_layout Standard
24439 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24448 You're surprised to see me,
24450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24461 I acknowledged that I was.
24464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24473 and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
24474 as I came hobbling after you,
24475 I thought to myself,
24476 I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
24477 and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
24478 and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
24479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24491 You make too much of a trifle,
24492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24500 May I ask how you knew who I was?
24501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24515 if it isn't too great a liberty,
24516 I am a neighbour of yours,
24517 for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
24518 and very happy to see you,
24520 Maybe you collect yourself,
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24546 With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
24550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24561 \begin_layout Standard
24562 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24568 \begin_layout Standard
24569 The rule can be colored by redefining the command
24570 \begin_inset Flex Code
24573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24582 This is done by inserting the command
24585 \begin_layout LyX-Code
24590 columnseprulecolor}{
24595 \begin_layout Standard
24596 as \SpecialChar TeX
24597 Code before the multicolumn inset.
24599 \begin_inset Flex Code
24602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24608 in this command by a color of your choice.
24609 You can use all pre- and self-defined colors.
24618 \begin_inset space ~
24623 for more information about pre- and self-defined colors.
24624 To go back to the default color insert the command
24627 \begin_layout LyX-Code
24632 columnseprulecolor}{
24637 \begin_layout Standard
24638 Here is the example with a cyan rule and 1
24639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24642 cm column separation:
24645 \begin_layout Standard
24649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24664 columnseprulecolor}{
24674 \begin_layout Standard
24675 \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
24678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24684 You're surprised to see me,
24686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 I acknowledged that I was.
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24709 and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
24710 as I came hobbling after you,
24711 I thought to myself,
24712 I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
24713 and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
24714 and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
24715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24727 You make too much of a trifle,
24728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24736 May I ask how you knew who I was?
24737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24751 if it isn't too great a liberty,
24752 I am a neighbour of yours,
24753 for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
24754 and very happy to see you,
24756 Maybe you collect yourself,
24761 \begin_inset space ~
24777 \begin_inset space ~
24782 With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
24786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24807 columnseprule}{0pt}
24810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24816 columnseprulecolor}{
24824 \begin_inset Note Note
24827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24828 go back to the default
24836 \begin_layout Section
24838 \change_inserted 564990737 1671270380
24842 \begin_layout Subsection
24844 \change_inserted 564990737 1671270398
24846 \change_deleted 564990737 1671270396
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24855 as well as any other text processor uses by default rectangular paragraphs.
24856 For special cases like for example posters,
24857 invitation cards or poems you can modify the paragraph shape to one of your choice.
24859 \change_deleted 564990737 1672311802
24860 This can be done by using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
24862 \begin_inset Flex Code
24865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24871 which is loaded by using in the document settings the module
24873 Custom paragraph shapes
24876 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311802
24877 This module uses the
24881 package to provide over a dozen paragraph shapes as well as commands to define custom shapes.
24887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24893 \change_inserted -712698321 1674913874
24904 \change_inserted -712698321 1674913877
24907 provides the following shapes:
24910 \begin_layout Standard
24911 \begin_inset Tabular
24912 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="13" columns="3">
24913 <features booktabs="true" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
24914 <column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="16col%">
24915 <column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="40col%">
24916 <column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="35col%">
24917 <row endhead="true">
24918 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24930 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24942 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24955 <row interlinespace="default">
24956 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
24959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
24970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24973 Circle with circular hole (in the size of a CD/DVD)
24978 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
24981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24985 take care there is not too much text
24991 <row interlinespace="default">
24992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
24995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25003 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25014 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25021 calculation might fail
25027 <row interlinespace="default">
25028 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25045 Rhomboid (symbolizing a
25046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25058 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25070 <row interlinespace="default">
25071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25105 <row interlinespace="default">
25106 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25117 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25140 <row interlinespace="default">
25141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25152 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25158 Nut for bolt (hexagon with circular hole)
25163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25175 <row interlinespace="default">
25176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25210 <row interlinespace="default">
25211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25222 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25233 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25245 <row interlinespace="default">
25246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25280 <row interlinespace="default">
25281 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25292 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25298 Normal/reversed rain drop
25303 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25310 calculation might fail
25316 <row interlinespace="default">
25317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25329 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25335 The \SpecialChar TeX
25341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
25344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25353 <row interlinespace="default">
25354 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
25357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25361 \begin_inset Newline newline
25369 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
25372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25375 Triangles in different orientations
25380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
25383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25400 To use a shape for your paragraph,
25401 simply select it in \SpecialChar LyX
25402 's pull-down box for environments in the toolbar.
25405 \begin_layout Standard
25406 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25413 Here is an example paragraph in the shape of a nut:
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25417 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25426 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25427 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25428 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25430 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25431 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25432 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25433 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25434 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25435 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25439 \begin_layout Standard
25440 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25447 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 paragraphs cannot run over a page break.
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25469 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25477 \begin_inset Flex Code
25480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25486 takes care that the shape will always be preserved,
25487 no matter how much text is in the paragraph.
25488 Therefore the paragraph size changes with the amount of contained text.
25489 This can lead to paragraph sizes exceeding the page margins.
25490 To demonstrate the size scaling,
25491 here is the same example paragraph but with twice as much text:
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
25504 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25505 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25506 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25508 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25509 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25510 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25511 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25512 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25513 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25515 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25516 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25517 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25519 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25520 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25521 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25522 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25523 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25524 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25528 \begin_layout Standard
25529 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 An exception is the shape
25541 It cannot be scaled because it must fit the size of a CD/DVD.
25542 Therefore the amount of text that fits into the shape is limited.
25543 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914001
25545 \begin_inset Newline newline
25549 \change_inserted -712698321 1674914001
25553 \begin_layout Standard
25563 meaning that the calculation of their size can fail,
25564 depending on the amount of text.
25565 You will then get the \SpecialChar LaTeX
25567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25570 Arithmetic overflow
25571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25575 In this case one can try to remove or add some text;
25576 if nothing works one has to use another shape.
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25581 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914021
25582 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25590 \begin_layout Standard
25591 For shapes with tips you will maybe see that \SpecialChar LaTeX
25592 's hyphenation routine fails for text in the tips.
25593 Therefore it is often necessary to add hyphenation points
25598 arg "specialchar-insert hyphenation"
25603 ) to the corresponding text parts.
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25608 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914022
25609 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25618 Shapepar paragraphs are either always centered or placed on the page so that their left border touches the left page margin.
25619 You can therefore not use the paragraph dialog to align such paragraphs.
25620 A solution is to put the paragraph into a minipage or parbox and align the box.
25621 The problem is hereby to find the right width for the box.
25622 Because if it is too wide and you center the box,
25623 the paragraph is not centered too because it sticks at the left side of the box.
25624 So you might have to play a bit with the width until it fits.
25625 Here are two heart-shaped paragraphs,
25626 the first one is not aligned,
25627 the second one is right-aligned:
25630 \begin_layout Standard
25631 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
25637 \begin_layout Heart
25641 Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
25642 rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25643 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25644 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25646 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25647 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25648 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25651 \begin_layout Standard
25652 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25661 \begin_inset Box Frameless
25671 height_special "totalheight"
25676 backgroundcolor "none"
25679 \begin_layout Heart
25683 Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
25684 rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25685 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25686 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25688 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25689 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25690 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25698 \begin_layout Subsubsection
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 You can define any shape you want.
25704 Doing this manually is a lot of work because every coordinate must be specified.
25705 But there is a way to let the computer calculate the coordinates:
25708 \begin_layout Enumerate
25709 Install the program
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25713 target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/jpgfdraw"
25721 \begin_layout Enumerate
25728 TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
25729 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
25732 and select the font size you are using in your document.
25733 For example this document uses the size 12
25734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25740 \begin_layout Enumerate
25744 \begin_layout Enumerate
25747 TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
25750 to export the shape to coordinates.
25751 In the appearing dialog use either the outline of your shape for the coordinates or the path itself.
25755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25756 For more information see
25757 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25759 target "http://www.dickimaw-books.com/apps/jpgfdraw/manual/shapepar.html"
25772 \begin_layout Standard
25773 The coordinates are written into a \SpecialChar TeX
25775 To use it for your \SpecialChar LyX
25779 \begin_layout Enumerate
25780 Place the cursor before the first character of your paragraph (or into a new empty one).
25783 \begin_layout Enumerate
25784 Open in \SpecialChar LyX
25787 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
25788 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
25790 \begin_inset space ~
25796 select the file and use
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25813 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25822 The changed shape only applies to the current paragraph;
25823 everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph.
25824 Therefore the shape definition file must be input into every paragraph with the desired shape.
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25833 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 Here is an example:
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 \begin_inset CommandInset include
25853 filename "SpecialParagraphShape.tex"
25860 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25861 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25862 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25864 At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
25865 Stet clita kasd gubergren,
25866 no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
25867 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
25868 consetetur sadipscing elitr,
25869 sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
25873 \begin_layout Standard
25874 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25886 to draw complexer shapes in
25890 you can draw the shape in a program of your choice and import the resulting image to
25895 Then you only need to draw a line or spline along the outline of the image.
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25900 \change_deleted -712698321 1674914114
25901 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25912 Custom paragraph shapes
25914 also provides the two commands
25922 which can be used to define custom shapes coordinate by coordinate.
25926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25927 These commands are internally used for all shapes described here.
25932 For information how these styles are used and about further customization possibilities,
25934 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25936 name "documentation"
25937 target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf"
25943 \begin_inset Flex Code
25946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25955 \begin_layout Subsection
25957 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
25961 \begin_layout Hanging
25963 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
25964 This module adds the
25970 one where all but the first line of the paragraph is indented.
25971 This may not appear in your \SpecialChar LyX
25972 document but will appear in the final output.
25975 \begin_layout Subsection
25977 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
25978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25980 name "subsec:Initials"
25984 Initials (Drop Caps)
25987 \begin_layout Initial
25989 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
25990 \begin_inset Argument 2
25993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25995 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26004 \begin_inset Argument 3
26007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26009 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26017 module adds a drop capitals paragraph style
26021 for paragraph environments which you can use wherever you want to have drop capitals.
26022 You then have three more items in the
26029 \begin_layout Itemize
26031 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26036 which creates an inset for the drop capital
26039 \begin_layout Itemize
26041 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26046 which creates an inset for the rest of the word
26049 \begin_layout Itemize
26051 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26056 which allow you configure the formatting of the drop capital.
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26061 \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925
26062 To customize the appearance of the style,
26065 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
26066 Embedded Objects\SpecialChar menuseparator
26067 Objects Surrounded by Text\SpecialChar menuseparator
26073 \begin_layout Section
26075 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26079 \begin_layout Subsection
26081 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26082 Hyphenatable Text Markup
26083 \change_inserted -712698321 1674915075
26085 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26091 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26093 \change_deleted -712698321 1674915086
26095 \change_inserted -712698321 1674915087
26097 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26098 defines text styles to highlight,
26101 underline and capitalize/small-cap text by means of the
26107 \change_inserted -712698321 1674915141
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26113 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26114 As opposed to the markup provided by the Text Properties dialog,
26115 words marked-up with
26121 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26123 name "soul documentation"
26124 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/generic/soul/soul.pdf"
26132 \begin_layout Subsection
26134 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26140 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26141 This module defines some character styles for logical markup:
26145 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26150 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26166 \begin_inset Flex Emph
26169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26171 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26185 \begin_inset Flex Strong
26188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26190 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26200 \begin_inset Flex Code
26203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26205 \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011
26213 which are accessed via the
26218 dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
26220 \begin_inset space ~
26224 \begin_inset space ~
26236 \begin_layout Chapter
26238 \change_deleted 564990737 1671304317
26242 \change_inserted 564990737 1671304322
26244 \change_deleted 564990737 1671304331
26245 ies with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26252 The most basic information about how to use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26257 with \SpecialChar LyX
26258 is contained in the section
26260 Bibliography databases
26267 The following subsections explain special bibliography features supported by \SpecialChar LyX
26271 \begin_layout Section
26272 Alternative Citation Styles
26275 \begin_layout Standard
26276 Standard Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26282 \begin_inset space \space{}
26286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26293 ) to refer to a cited work.
26295 in many scientific disciplines,
26296 other citation styles are in use.
26297 The most common one is the author-year style (e.
26298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26302 \begin_inset space \space{}
26306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26315 supports three packages that provide this style,
26317 \begin_inset Flex Code
26320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26328 \begin_inset Flex Code
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26339 \begin_inset Flex Code
26342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 Each of these packages has their pros and cons,
26350 which cannot be listed in detail.
26351 If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style,
26352 or if you want to use one of the countless style files for
26353 \begin_inset Flex Code
26356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26363 then the established
26364 \begin_inset Flex Code
26367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26373 package is probably your choice.
26374 If you look for specific citation styles common in law studies,
26375 you might consider the
26376 \begin_inset Flex Code
26379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26386 If you want to have full control over the formatting or look for advanced features such as ibidem,
26387 footnote citations,
26388 full title citations,
26389 advanced date formats (such as 400 BC) or full localization to other languages than English,
26390 you should definitely consider
26391 \begin_inset Flex Code
26394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26401 which exceeds all other packages in terms of features,
26402 but is also quite heavy and more resource-hungry.
26405 \begin_layout Standard
26406 The handling of these packages in \SpecialChar LyX
26407 is basically the same.
26409 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917685
26411 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26415 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26422 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917685
26425 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26431 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917692
26433 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26443 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917692
26451 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917696
26453 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26463 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917696
26471 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917703
26473 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917703
26492 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917708
26494 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26504 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917708
26513 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917712
26515 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26519 Biblatex (Natbib mode)
26525 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917712
26528 Biblatex (Natbib mode)
26534 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917718
26536 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26546 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917718
26554 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917724
26556 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26566 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917724
26574 \begin_inset space ~
26577 6.5.3 in the User's Guide for more information on these choices).
26578 With all these packages,
26579 you will get some extra features in the citation dialog and you can select the style of the reference (
26580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26616 Note that either package needs specifically designed style files.
26617 They all ship their own,
26618 but there are lots of additional style files,
26619 and there is even an interactive style file builder
26623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26625 \begin_inset Flex URL
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26630 ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/
26641 \begin_inset Flex Code
26644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26653 \begin_layout Section
26654 Subdivided Bibliographies
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26658 Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections.
26659 If you are for instance a historian,
26660 the possibility to separate sources and scientific works is most likely a
26661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26670 Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26671 itself does not allow you to do this.
26672 But with the help of some \SpecialChar LaTeX
26674 Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26675 can be extended to fit your needs.
26678 \begin_layout Standard
26680 provides native support for one of these packages,
26689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26691 \begin_inset Flex URL
26694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26696 ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/
26706 The advantage of this package (compared to other packages such as
26710 ) is that you don't need to define new citation commands.
26712 you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include the entries for the different sections of the bibliography.
26714 If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections
26715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26731 you first need to create two bibliographic databases,
26733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26737 \begin_inset space \space{}
26741 \begin_inset Flex Code
26744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26751 \begin_inset Flex Code
26754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26766 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917736
26768 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26772 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26779 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917736
26782 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26788 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917752
26790 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26800 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917752
26808 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917741
26812 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26818 Subdivided bibliography
26824 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917741
26825 Subdivided bibliography
26830 Now you can insert multiple Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26832 one for each section of your bibliography.
26833 Returning to our example:
26834 Insert the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
26836 \begin_inset Flex Code
26839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26845 and a second one for the database
26846 \begin_inset Flex Code
26849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26856 You are free to use the same or different styles for each section.
26858 you can choose if the bibliography section should contain
26859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26862 all cited references
26863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26866 of the specified database(s) (which is the default),
26868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26871 all uncited references
26872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26884 This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into three sections:
26886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26912 The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections.
26914 \begin_inset Flex Code
26917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26923 removes the bibliography title,
26924 you have to manually re-add that,
26925 too (as a chapter* or section*,
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26935 the procedure is a bit different.
26946 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26950 Subdivided bibliography
26955 option is disabled if you use
26965 provides its own means to generate subdivided bibliographies.
26966 You can either add keywords to bibliography entries via the
26967 \begin_inset Flex Code
26970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26976 entry option and then filter bibliography sections by keyword (by adding
26977 \begin_inset Flex Code
26980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26987 \begin_inset Flex Noun
26990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26996 field of the dialog that opens if you left-click on the
26997 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27001 Biblatex Generated Bibliography
27007 or you can filter by entry types (such as
27016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27021 \begin_inset Flex Code
27024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27031 \begin_inset Flex Code
27034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27041 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27051 or you can create so-called
27052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27055 Bibliography Categories
27056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27059 to which you can assign individual entries.
27060 Please refer to the Biblatex manual,
27063 Subdivided Bibliographies
27069 \begin_layout Section
27070 Multiple Bibliographies
27071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27073 name "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies"
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27081 Multiple bibliographies,
27083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27087 \begin_inset space \space{}
27090 a bibliography for each part,
27093 subsection or child (sub-document) of the document,
27094 are also supported by \SpecialChar LyX
27096 In order to enable it,
27098 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917759
27100 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27104 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27105 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
27112 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917759
27115 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27116 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
27121 and select the relevant unit (e.
27122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27135 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27139 Multiple Bibliographies
27145 Then add a Bib(la)\SpecialChar TeX
27146 bibliography to each unit (e.
27147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27151 section) of your document.
27153 a separate bibliography,
27154 containing only the references done in the current unit is generated.
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27158 If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
27161 \begin_inset Flex Code
27164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27171 \begin_inset Flex Code
27174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27180 package is used to create multiple bibliographies.
27181 The former package is used if you select
27182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27194 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27198 Sectioned Bibliography
27204 In all other cases,
27206 \begin_inset Flex Code
27209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27220 An alternative approach,
27221 if you are willing to use some
27222 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27233 \begin_inset space ~
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27239 reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
27246 \begin_inset Flex Code
27249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27261 \begin_inset Flex Code
27264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27272 encloses the specified units in
27273 \begin_inset Flex Code
27276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27283 \begin_inset Flex Code
27286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27295 \begin_inset Flex Code
27298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27306 in order to create the units.
27307 Note that this approach has some limitations.
27309 every citation reference has to be inside some
27310 \begin_inset Flex Code
27313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27320 So citations outside a defined unit (e.
27321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27325 before the first section if you use
27326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27342 You can also create your own units by entering
27343 \begin_inset Flex Code
27346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27355 \begin_inset Flex Code
27358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27366 as \SpecialChar TeX
27367 code (for instance to work around the mentioned limitation).
27371 \begin_inset Flex Code
27374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27380 s cannot be nested.
27381 A second limitation is that
27382 \begin_inset Flex Code
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27391 always processes all references of a bibliography database,
27392 even if they are not cited.
27393 This can result in odd labels (e.
27394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27406 if two works of this author from 2014 are in the database,
27407 even if only one is cited).
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27417 \begin_inset Flex Code
27420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27426 option is used instead.
27427 If you need specific units,
27428 you can start them with the \SpecialChar TeX
27430 \begin_inset Flex Code
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27442 \begin_inset Flex Code
27445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27455 If you also want to control the end of the unit,
27456 use the environment
27457 \begin_inset Flex Code
27460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27470 \begin_inset Flex Code
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27485 \begin_inset Flex Code
27488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27494 s cannot be nested.
27495 In addition to the individual bibliography of the current unit,
27500 also provides an easy way to output all bibliographies,
27503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27507 at the end of the document).
27509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27512 all reference units
27513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27516 from the Content combo box of the Bib(la)TeX inset dialog in order to achieve this.
27517 Please refer to the
27521 manual for more information on this topic.
27524 \begin_layout Chapter
27526 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355654
27530 \change_inserted 564990737 1671355667
27532 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355661
27534 \change_inserted 564990737 1671355684
27536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27538 name "chap:bullets"
27543 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355684
27545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27562 \begin_layout Section
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27568 provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog.
27569 Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each level of an itemized list.
27570 These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs.
27574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27576 actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand.
27584 \begin_layout Section
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27589 Open the dialog by selecting the
27590 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916009
27592 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27596 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27603 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916009
27606 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27611 menu item and then select the
27612 \begin_inset Flex Noun
27615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
27626 A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six different panels of bullet shapes.
27627 The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth you are changing.
27628 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916033
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27634 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916177
27641 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916065
27643 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916067
27646 text entry under the table
27647 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916074
27649 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916096
27650 shows the currently selected
27651 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916101
27652 in which you can enter a
27654 bullet shape's \SpecialChar LaTeX
27656 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916109
27657 and this can be edited if desired
27660 If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 The six panels are divided up by the packages they require.
27666 The following table shows the mappings from button name to \SpecialChar LaTeX
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27672 \begin_inset Tabular
27673 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
27674 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
27675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
27676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
27678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27746 base \SpecialChar LaTeX
27754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27952 doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have.
27953 If you get errors from \SpecialChar LaTeX
27954 when you try to view or print the file,
27955 then it is likely you are missing a package.
27959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27961 doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere.
27969 \begin_layout Section
27971 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916414
27972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27974 name "sec:How-to-use"
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27984 Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size.
27985 Any changes will not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
27987 but are visible when viewing the document.
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27991 You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button.
27992 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916288
27997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27999 \change_deleted -712698321 1674916287
28000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28002 name "fn:If-you-really"
28012 want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each,
28013 then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with \SpecialChar TeX
28015 The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28016 code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
28017 To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
28020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28066 \begin_layout Itemize
28067 Use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28069 \begin_inset Flex Code
28072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28080 to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
28081 You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards.
28082 In this itemized list the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
28083 code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth.
28087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28097 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28114 \begin_layout Itemize
28115 Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
28124 \begin_layout Itemize
28125 \begin_inset Argument item:1
28128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28150 Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in a
28151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28158 inset (available at
28160 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28164 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28176 this item was started with
28177 \begin_inset Flex Code
28180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28216 You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
28217 The way used here was:
28220 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28233 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916331
28235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28237 name "fn:If-you-really"
28244 \begin_layout Standard
28246 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28251 want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each,
28252 then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with \SpecialChar TeX
28254 The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28255 code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
28256 To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28261 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28267 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28285 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28291 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28313 \begin_layout Itemize
28315 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28316 Use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
28318 \begin_inset Flex Code
28321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28323 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28333 to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
28334 You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards.
28335 In this itemized list the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
28336 code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth.
28340 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28342 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28352 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28354 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28371 \begin_layout Itemize
28373 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28374 Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
28383 \begin_layout Itemize
28385 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28386 \begin_inset Argument item:1
28389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28391 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28397 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28417 Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in a
28418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 inset (available at
28427 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28431 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28436 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28447 this item was started with
28448 \begin_inset Flex Code
28451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28453 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28472 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28478 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28496 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28497 You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
28498 The way used here was:
28501 \begin_layout LyX-Code
28503 \change_inserted -712698321 1674916288
28515 \begin_layout Chapter
28519 \begin_layout Section
28520 Multipart Documents
28523 \begin_layout Subsection
28527 \begin_layout Standard
28528 When you are working on a large file with many sections,
28529 it is often convenient to break up the document into several files,
28530 or perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time,
28531 but the preceding text does not.
28533 you should seriously consider using multipart documents.
28535 scientific papers often have five major sections:
28541 Each of these could be its own separate \SpecialChar LyX
28544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28551 file which contains the title,
28556 plus the five included files.
28557 It is important to note that each of these files is a full \SpecialChar LyX
28558 file which can be formatted and printed on its own,
28559 as well as included in a master file.
28560 Each of these files must have the same document class,
28562 don't attempt to mix book classes with article classes.
28563 You may also include \SpecialChar LaTeX
28566 these files must not have their own preamble (i.
28567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28571 \begin_inset space \space{}
28574 everything up to and including the
28575 \begin_inset Flex Code
28578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28586 line as well as the
28587 \begin_inset Flex Code
28590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28598 line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file.
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28603 allows you to include files quite easily with
28604 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917774
28606 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28610 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28612 \begin_inset space ~
28621 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917774
28624 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28626 \begin_inset space ~
28634 When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location.
28635 Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included,
28636 and the method of its inclusion.
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28641 The file selection box should by now be obvious.
28642 The three inclusion methods are
28643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28685 are similar in many ways,
28686 but there are also some notable differences:
28689 \begin_layout Enumerate
28691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28698 are typeset beginning on a new page,
28699 while files that are
28700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28707 are typeset starting on the current page.
28710 \begin_layout Enumerate
28711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28718 files cannot themselves
28719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28745 infinite sub-inputting is possible.
28748 \begin_layout Enumerate
28749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28756 allow for the output of only selected
28757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28765 while maintaining the actual counters (pagination etc.) and references (please refer to the section
28768 \begin_inset space ~
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28781 manual for details).
28784 \begin_layout Standard
28787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28794 is the preferred method for chapters that are outsourced to child documents,
28796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28803 is more suitable for arbitrary file inheritance.
28806 \begin_layout Standard
28808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28815 included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears in the file,
28817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28821 \begin_inset space \space{}
28825 \begin_inset Flex Code
28828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font.
28837 spaces in this file are invisible,
28838 though two consecutive spaces are conserved,
28839 unlike \SpecialChar LyX
28840 's normal treatment of spaces.
28843 \begin_inset Flex Noun
28846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28848 \begin_inset space ~
28852 \begin_inset space ~
28856 \begin_inset space ~
28864 checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space.
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28870 the master file is converted into a full \SpecialChar LaTeX
28871 file before typesetting,
28872 while the included files are converted to \SpecialChar LaTeX
28873 files that do not have all the preamble information.
28876 \begin_layout Subsection
28877 Cross-References Between Files
28880 \begin_layout Standard
28881 \begin_inset Box Shadowbox
28891 height_special "totalheight"
28896 backgroundcolor "none"
28899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28900 This section is somewhat out of date.
28901 Need to describe default master documents and how children are opened when the master is.
28910 \begin_layout Standard
28911 It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files.
28913 open all the files in question:
28914 let's call them A and B in a two file example,
28915 where B is included in A.
28916 Let's say you insert a label in A,
28917 then want to reference it in B.
28918 Open the cross-reference dialog whilst in document B,
28919 and you can select the
28920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28930 \begin_layout Subsection
28931 Bibliography Lists in all Subdocuments
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 If you work with child documents,
28936 you might want to have only one main bibliography at the end,
28937 but still be able to have a selected bibliography for the child if you output it on its own.
28938 Here is how to achieve this.
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28942 For the main document,
28943 you just insert a bibliography inset at the place where the main bibliography has to appear (within the master file or within a child).
28944 If the bibliography inset is in the master file,
28945 the references will be inherited by all children,
28946 so they are available in the citation dialog within each child.
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 For child-specific bibliographies,
28951 insert bibliography insets within the child documents,
28952 at the place where the bibliography should appear when the child is compiled separately.
28954 the trick is to insert them into a branch (
28956 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28957 Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
28958 Insert New Branch...
28962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28975 Within the children,
28976 activate the branch (
28978 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
28979 Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator
28984 deactivate the branch (
28986 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
28987 Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator
28991 Now the child's bibliography will be ignored by the master,
28992 but considered by the child.
28995 \begin_layout Standard
28996 If you need multiple bibliographies (e.
28997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29001 one per child in the
29006 please refer to sec.
29007 \begin_inset space ~
29011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29013 reference "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies"
29021 \begin_layout Section
29026 \begin_layout Standard
29027 Users sometimes need to be able to
29028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29036 file together with all the images (and other files) on which it depends,
29037 either for sending to a publisher or for sharing with a co-author.
29039 includes a Python script (
29040 \begin_inset Flex Code
29043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29049 ) that automates this process.
29051 you must have either the
29052 \begin_inset Flex Code
29055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29062 \begin_inset Flex Code
29065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29071 python modules installed on your system.
29073 the script prefers the
29074 \begin_inset Flex Code
29077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 \begin_inset Flex Code
29087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 format on Unix-like systems and the
29094 \begin_inset Flex Code
29097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29106 \begin_layout Standard
29108 's configuration process will set the script up to export a `\SpecialChar LyX
29110 and this format will then be available under
29111 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917789
29113 \begin_inset Flex Code
29116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29117 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
29124 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917789
29127 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29136 Independently of the platform,
29137 the generation of a particular archive format can be forced by adding either the
29138 \begin_inset Flex Code
29141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29148 \begin_inset Flex Code
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29158 \begin_inset Flex Code
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 \begin_inset Flex Code
29171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29177 format) switch to the
29178 \begin_inset Flex Code
29181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918890
29185 \SpecialChar menuseparator
29187 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918890
29197 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917814
29199 \begin_inset Flex Code
29202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29203 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
29204 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
29205 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
29212 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917814
29215 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
29216 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
29217 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
29223 (Make sure you add the switch after the script name,
29227 \begin_layout Section
29229 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29230 Fancy Headers and Footers
29233 \begin_layout Standard
29235 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29236 The default page layout is rather plain;
29238 \begin_inset Flex Code
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29248 all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
29249 This document uses KOMA-script's book class,
29250 so it appears to be a bit fancier.
29251 But to really put on a show,
29252 you need to set the document page style to
29253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29261 as mentioned in the
29266 This section describes the \SpecialChar LaTeX
29267 code you need to insert in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
29268 preamble in order to get the desired effects.
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29274 For more information on fancy headers,
29276 \begin_inset Flex Code
29279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29285 package documentation.
29287 \begin_inset Flex URL
29290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
29300 \begin_layout Standard
29302 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29303 The page header is divided into three fields,
29304 not surprisingly labeled
29305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29331 The footer is also divided into these three fields.
29332 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
29333 commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are
29334 \begin_inset Flex Code
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29347 \begin_inset Flex Code
29350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29360 \begin_inset Flex Code
29363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29373 \begin_inset Flex Code
29376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page.
29387 Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
29391 \begin_layout Standard
29393 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29404 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29405 You will now see your name in the upper left.
29406 If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument,
29408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29414 \begin_layout Standard
29416 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29424 \begin_layout Standard
29426 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29427 Let's get really fancy:
29428 lets put the section number with the word
29429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29441 \begin_inset space \space{}
29444 Section 3) in the upper left,
29445 the page number (e.
29446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29450 \begin_inset space \space{}
29453 Page 4) in the upper right,
29454 your name in the lower left,
29455 and the date in the lower right.
29456 The following commands should now appear in the preamble:
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29461 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29471 \begin_layout Standard
29473 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29483 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29495 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29504 \begin_layout Standard
29506 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29514 \begin_layout Standard
29516 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29528 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29530 \begin_inset Flex Code
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29542 \begin_inset Flex Code
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29553 access \SpecialChar LaTeX
29554 's section and page counters,
29555 and so print out the current section and page number.
29557 \begin_inset Flex Code
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 simply prints out today's date.
29571 \begin_layout Standard
29573 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29574 The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified.
29575 If you don't want one of the rules,
29576 set its thickness to 0.
29577 The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt,
29578 the footer rule is 0pt.
29584 \begin_inset Flex Code
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
29598 \begin_inset Flex Code
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
29611 to set the thicknesses.
29614 \begin_layout Standard
29616 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29617 You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using commands like
29618 \begin_inset Flex Code
29621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 thispagestyle{empty}
29631 \begin_inset Flex Code
29634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29637 thispagestyle{plain}
29644 \begin_inset Flex Code
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29650 thispagestyle{fancy}
29656 Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX
29659 title pages are marked as plain by default,
29660 while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29665 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29666 As a final example,
29667 it is possible to include an image in the header or footer.
29668 Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner.
29669 You might try something like
29672 \begin_layout Standard
29674 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29683 includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
29686 \begin_layout Standard
29689 \change_deleted -712698321 1674910251
29690 (you may need to preface this with
29691 \begin_inset Flex Code
29694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29697 usepackage{graphics}
29702 if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document).
29707 \begin_layout Chapter
29709 and the World Wide Web
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29714 has long supported the export of documents to various web-friendly formats,
29716 Before version 2.0,
29718 HTML export was always accomplished by the use of external converters.
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29723 For details on the use of external converters with \SpecialChar LyX
29729 section of the Customization manual.
29734 These fall into two large groups:
29735 there are converters that use \SpecialChar LaTeX
29736 as an intermediate format,
29738 \begin_inset Flex Code
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29749 \begin_inset Flex Code
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 \begin_inset Flex Code
29763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29770 relying upon \SpecialChar LyX
29771 to produce the \SpecialChar LaTeX
29773 and there is a converter that works directly on \SpecialChar LyX
29776 \begin_inset Flex Code
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29787 All of these have different advantages and disadvantages.
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29792 The \SpecialChar LaTeX
29793 -based converters have the advantage that,
29795 they know everything about the exported document that \SpecialChar LaTeX
29797 Such converters do not care,
29799 if a certain block of code was produced by \SpecialChar LyX
29800 or was Evil Red Text.
29801 These converters know about
29802 \begin_inset Flex Code
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 and can often make use of the
29815 \begin_inset Flex Code
29818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29824 files generated by Bib\SpecialChar TeX
29828 is a very hard language to parse—
29829 it is sometimes said that only \SpecialChar TeX
29830 itself understands \SpecialChar TeX
29832 and \SpecialChar LaTeX
29833 -based converters will often choke on what seem to be quite simple constructs;
29834 complex ones can throw them completely,
29835 and as of this writing,
29841 manual will not export with
29842 \begin_inset Flex Code
29845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 though the others will.
29853 The other issue concerns how math is handled.
29854 These converters typically convert the formulae into little pictures that are then linked from the HTML document.
29855 Since these are actually generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
29858 But they do not scale well,
29859 and just getting them to look as if they are actually meant to be in your document—
29860 so that the font sizes seem to be roughly the same—
29861 can be a challenge.
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29866 \begin_inset Flex Code
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29879 name "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
29880 target "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
29885 ) solves some of these problems.
29887 the formulae it produces scale perfectly,
29888 since it renders math using a combination of HTML and CSS rather than converting the formulae to images.
29889 But even moderately complex formula are rendered less well than with
29890 \begin_inset Flex Code
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 this reflects the limitations of HTML.
29904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 \begin_inset Flex Code
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 can also use jsMath and MathJax for equations,
29918 but this setting is only available globally and requires one to have access to a server that runs the backend.
29923 More importantly (as of version 1.1.1,
29926 \begin_inset Flex Code
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 has limited support for math macros and no support for user-defined paragraph or character styles.
29937 These limitations make
29938 \begin_inset Flex Code
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29948 unsuitable for many of the documents \SpecialChar LyX
29952 these problems could be solved,
29953 but the \SpecialChar LyX
29954 developers have decided to follow a different path and have made \SpecialChar LyX
29955 itself capable of writing XHTML,
29956 just as it is capable of writing \SpecialChar LaTeX
29962 \begin_layout Standard
29963 As of this writing,
29964 XHTML output remains under development and should probably be regarded as
29965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 \begin_inset Flex Code
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29982 development/HTML/HTML.notes
29988 which can be found in the \SpecialChar LyX
29990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29992 name "accessed online"
29993 target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master"
29999 usually contains up-to-date information about the state of XHTML output.
30000 See also the list of XHTML bugs on
30001 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30003 name "the bug tracker"
30004 target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1"
30015 the developers have chosen this approach because it has several potential advantages over the other two.
30018 \begin_layout Standard
30019 These advantages are primarily due to the fact that the XHTML output routines,
30020 since they are part of \SpecialChar LyX
30022 know everything \SpecialChar LyX
30023 knows about the document being exported.
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 Another advantage is that,
30029 since these routines are internal to \SpecialChar LyX
30031 they are immune to changes in \SpecialChar LyX
30033 or to changes in the semantics of existing insets.
30038 So they know about the table of contents (as displayed in the outline),
30039 about the counters associated with different paragraph styles,
30040 and about user-defined styles.
30041 The XHTML output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX
30042 knows about internationalization,
30044 so they will output
30045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30065 depending upon the language in effect at the time.
30069 \begin_layout Standard
30071 the output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX
30072 knows about document layout,
30074 about how the document is to be rendered on screen.
30075 We use this information when we output the document as XHTML.
30082 generates CSS style information corresponding to the layout information it uses to render the document on screen:
30083 if section headings are supposed to be sans-serif and bold as seen in \SpecialChar LyX
30085 then (by default) they will be sans-serif and bold when viewed in a web browser,
30087 And this is true not just for pre-defined styles,
30090 including user-defined styles.
30092 the XHTML output routines make no distinction between user-defined paragraph and
30093 \change_deleted 244031559 1603876931
30095 \change_inserted 244031559 1603876940
30098 styles and \SpecialChar LyX
30099 's own pre-defined styles:
30101 everything \SpecialChar LyX
30102 knows about the styles is contained in the layout files.
30103 And much the same is true as regards pre-defined textual insets,
30105 and various custom insets.
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30110 The result is that XHTML output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX
30111 output can be customized and extended:
30112 through layout files and modules.
30113 See chapter five of the
30117 manual for the details.
30120 \begin_layout Standard
30121 The remainder of this chapter contains more detailed information on XHTML output,
30123 and ways to work around those limitations.
30126 \begin_layout Section
30127 Math Output in XHTML
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30132 offers four choices for how math is rendered.
30133 These have various advantages and disadvantages:
30136 \begin_layout Itemize
30138 \begin_inset Newline newline
30141 MathML is a dialect of XML designed specifically for mathematics on the web,
30142 and it typically renders very well in browsers that support it.
30143 The disadvantage is that not all browsers support MathML,
30144 and support is not complete even in the Gecko-based browsers,
30146 \begin_inset Newline newline
30149 If \SpecialChar LyX
30150 is unable to render a formula as MathML—
30152 if the formula uses the
30153 \begin_inset Flex Code
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 then it will instead output the formula as an image.
30167 \begin_layout Itemize
30169 \begin_inset Newline newline
30172 As mentioned above,
30174 \begin_inset Flex Code
30177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 outputs math as HTML,
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 has borrowed some of the CSS for its HTML output from
30191 \begin_inset Flex Code
30194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 For simple formulae,
30206 this can work quite well,
30207 though with more complicated formulae it tends to break down.
30209 this method has the advantage that it is very widely supported and so it may be appropriate for documents that contain only a little,
30210 fairly simple math.
30211 \begin_inset Newline newline
30214 If Lyx is unable to render a formula as HTML—
30216 if the formula uses the
30217 \begin_inset Flex Code
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 then it will instead output the formula as an image.
30231 \begin_layout Itemize
30233 \begin_inset Newline newline
30237 \begin_inset Flex Code
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 will output formulae as images,
30249 the very same images,
30251 that are used for instant preview.
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30256 Instant preview does
30260 have to be on for images to be output,
30266 The advantage to this method is that the images are simply generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
30268 so they are very accurate.
30270 as mentioned earlier,
30271 is that these are bitmapped images,
30272 so they do not scale terribly well,
30273 and one cannot copy them,
30275 \begin_inset Newline newline
30278 The size of the images can be controlled by setting the
30279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30282 Math Images Scaling
30283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30287 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917822
30289 \begin_inset Flex Noun
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30294 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30301 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917822
30304 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30305 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 For those who want to know,
30316 this controls the resolution of the image in dots per inch and is based upon a default of 75 dpi.
30322 \begin_inset Newline newline
30325 If \SpecialChar LyX
30326 for some reason fails to create an image for a formula (e.g.,
30327 if a required \SpecialChar LaTeX
30328 package is not installed),
30329 then it will fall back to outputing the raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
30333 \begin_layout Itemize
30336 \begin_inset Newline newline
30341 will happily output math as \SpecialChar LaTeX
30343 As well as being the output of last resort,
30344 this method can be used with such tools as
30345 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30348 target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/"
30354 which uses JavaScript to render \SpecialChar LaTeX
30355 embedded in HTML documents.
30357 wraps the \SpecialChar LaTeX
30359 \begin_inset Flex Code
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 (for inline formulas) or
30369 \begin_inset Flex Code
30372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 (for displayed formulas) with
30379 \begin_inset Flex Code
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 as is required for jsMath.
30392 \begin_layout Standard
30393 One of these output methods must be selected under
30394 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917830
30396 \begin_inset Flex Noun
30399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30401 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30408 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917830
30411 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30412 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30421 This is a document-wide setting,
30425 \begin_layout Standard
30428 will offer the user the option to select an alternate output method for a particular inset,
30430 one that isn't being rendered very well by MathML.
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 since \SpecialChar LyX
30437 falls back to images if the inset contains ERT,
30438 then one can force output as an image by putting some harmless ERT into the math,
30441 \begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$
30452 \begin_layout Section
30453 Bibliography and Citations
30456 \begin_layout Standard
30457 XHTML output fully supports bibliographies and citations.
30461 \begin_layout Standard
30462 Citation labels are generated by the same machinery that generates \SpecialChar LyX
30463 's on-screen labels,
30464 so the labels will look in the output much as they do in \SpecialChar LyX
30467 If you are using numerical citations,
30468 then \SpecialChar LyX
30469 will output numerical labels,
30470 such as [1] or [17],
30471 rather than simply showing the citation key in square brackets,
30472 as it does on-screen.
30473 If you are using author-year citations,
30474 then \SpecialChar LyX
30475 will add lowercase letters to the years,
30476 just as Bib\SpecialChar TeX
30478 if it finds more than one citation for a given author-year combination.
30479 The labels will be printed with the bibliography entries.
30480 Note that there is,
30482 no way to customize the appearance of the labels,
30484 to choose between square brackets and parentheses.
30487 \begin_layout Standard
30488 Bibliography output is handled by the same machinery that handles the presentation of reference information in the citation dialog,
30489 so you will see in the XHTML output pretty much what you would see if you were to look at a given entry in the citation dialog.
30490 The formatting can be customized in your layout file or,
30497 manual for the details.
30500 \begin_layout Standard
30501 The main defect at present is that cross-referenced information is printed with every entry with which it is associated.
30502 So you can see things like this:
30505 \begin_layout Quote
30508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30511 Context and Logical Form
30512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30518 Language in Context:
30522 Oxford University Press,
30528 \begin_layout Quote
30531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30534 Semantics in Context
30535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30541 Language in Context:
30545 Oxford University Press,
30551 \begin_layout Standard
30552 This should be fixed before long.
30555 \begin_layout Standard
30556 There is no support at present for sectioned bibliographies.
30557 If you have multiple bibliographies,
30558 then \SpecialChar LyX
30559 will print the same bibliography over and over.
30562 \begin_layout Section
30566 \begin_layout Standard
30568 will happily export indexes as XHTML,
30569 but with certain limitations at the moment.
30572 \begin_layout Standard
30573 Index export will be most reliable when you do not attempt to use the fancy constructs that are described in the section on indexes in the
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 The main issue here is that \SpecialChar LyX
30583 itself does not really handle these.
30584 It just lets you enter what you would have to enter in raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
30590 We'll describe how they are handled using the subsection headings from that section.
30593 \begin_layout Itemize
30594 Grouping Index Entries (aka,
30597 makes an effort to support these,
30598 but the entries must be separated by
30599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30609 there must be spaces around the exclamation point.
30610 This is because it is otherwise too difficult to check for escaped exclamation points,
30615 \begin_layout Itemize
30617 There is no support at all for page ranges,
30618 since these make no sense with XHMTL.
30620 you will just get two index entries,
30624 \begin_layout Itemize
30626 There is no support for cross-referencing.
30627 If \SpecialChar LyX
30628 finds an entry containing the
30629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30632 |see\SpecialChar ldots
30634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30638 it is just dropped,
30639 and the rest is treated as an ordinary index entry.
30642 \begin_layout Itemize
30645 does support attempts to fix the sorting order.
30646 It will take what is before the first `@' it finds and use that for sorting,
30647 taking what follows the first `@' to be the actual entry.
30650 does not check for escaped `@',
30651 so do not try to index email addresses.
30654 \begin_layout Itemize
30655 Index Entry Layout:
30656 You can format entries by using the text style dialog,
30657 or by using any other method available within \SpecialChar LyX
30659 There is no support for constructs like:
30661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30670 if \SpecialChar LyX
30671 finds a pipe symbol,
30674 it will delete it and everything that follows it.
30677 \begin_layout Itemize
30679 There is no support for multiple indexes.
30681 all index entries will be printed as one large index.
30682 To avoid our printing several versions of the index,
30683 we print only the main index,
30684 so make sure you have one.
30687 \begin_layout Section
30688 Nomenclature and Glossary
30691 \begin_layout Standard
30692 There is at present no support for glossaries.
30693 Adding it would be fairly trivial,
30697 \begin_layout Chapter
30699 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534180
30703 \begin_layout Standard
30705 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534386
30708 can generate documents in the DocBook XML vocabulary.
30709 With versions 2.3 and before,
30710 only select templates could be used to generate DocBook documents (only version 4).
30711 Starting with \SpecialChar LyX
30713 most \SpecialChar LyX
30714 layouts can generate valid DocBook documents (only version 5).
30715 This feature is built into \SpecialChar LyX
30716 and does not require the use of external tools.
30719 \begin_layout Standard
30721 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534437
30722 The result is that the DocBook output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX
30723 output can be customized and extended:
30724 through layout files and modules.
30725 See chapter five of the
30729 manual for the details.
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30734 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534475
30735 Most \SpecialChar LyX
30736 features are supported with DocBook,
30740 \begin_layout Itemize
30742 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534741
30743 Math output is performed mostly in MathML (the major exception being constructions not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
30747 All formulae are also available in raw \SpecialChar TeX
30748 in the DocBook output for further processing.
30751 \begin_layout Itemize
30753 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534852
30754 Bibliographies and citations are implemented,
30755 including with an external BibTeX file.
30756 Bibliography entries are not prerendered when the detailed information are available,
30757 but rather output with the standard DocBook constructs.
30758 The external DocBook processor is expected to handle the rendering of entries.
30761 \begin_layout Itemize
30763 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534863
30764 Indexes are supported,
30765 including multiple indices.
30772 and cross-references (
30777 with the exception of the same symbols escaped.
30786 ) are not supported.
30787 There is no support for escaping of index entries.
30790 \begin_layout Itemize
30792 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534884
30793 Glossaries are implemented.
30796 \begin_layout Standard
30798 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534894
30799 Two major parameters can be set at the document level.
30802 \begin_layout Itemize
30804 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534948
30807 can generate tables either as HTML (default value) or CALS,
30808 depending on the user's requirements.
30809 Most DocBook processors accept both formats.
30812 \begin_layout Itemize
30814 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535006
30817 MathML is included within its own name space,
30819 The implication is that there must be an indication of the tags belonging to the MathML standard.
30820 Three choices are offered:
30825 \begin_layout Itemize
30827 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535044
30829 the MathML name space is defined for each formula (using the
30833 attribute on each formula)
30836 \begin_layout Itemize
30838 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535090
30844 the MathML name space is defined at the document level (using the
30848 attribute on the root element).
30849 Each MathML is prefixed with
30860 \begin_layout Itemize
30862 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616620405
30878 \begin_layout Standard
30880 \change_inserted 1075283030 1616620470
30881 This option is especially useful if you want \SpecialChar LyX
30882 to match your personal style or to work with buggy software that only accepts one prefix for MathML.
30888 \begin_layout Chapter
30889 The \SpecialChar LyX
30893 \begin_layout Section
30897 \begin_layout Standard
30898 The `\SpecialChar LyX
30899 server' allows other programs to talk to \SpecialChar LyX
30901 invoke \SpecialChar LyX
30903 and retrieve information about the \SpecialChar LyX
30905 This is only intended for advanced users,
30906 but they should find it useful.
30907 It is by writing to the \SpecialChar LyX
30910 that bibliography managers,
30913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30920 citations to \SpecialChar LyX
30924 \begin_layout Section
30925 Starting the \SpecialChar LyX
30927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30929 name "sec:Starting-the-Server"
30936 \begin_layout Standard
30937 The \SpecialChar LyX
30938 server works through the use of a pair of named pipes.
30939 These are usually located in
30940 \begin_inset Flex Code
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 (except on Windows,
30955 named pipes are special objects located in
30956 \begin_inset Flex Code
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30971 ) and have the names
30972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30976 \begin_inset Flex Code
30979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30994 \begin_inset Flex Code
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31008 External programs write into
31009 \begin_inset Flex Code
31012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 and read back data from
31019 \begin_inset Flex Code
31022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the
31030 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917840
31032 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31036 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
31043 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917840
31046 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
31053 \begin_inset Flex Code
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 "/home/myhome/lyxpipe"
31064 \begin_inset Flex Code
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 on Windows (where any working path instead of lyxpipe can be used,
31083 \begin_inset Flex Code
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 configure this manually in order for the server to start.
31112 \begin_layout Standard
31115 \begin_inset Flex Code
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31125 \begin_inset Flex Code
31128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31134 ' to create the pipes.
31135 If one of the pipes already exists,
31137 will assume that another \SpecialChar LyX
31138 process is already running and will not start the server.
31139 On POSIX (Unix like) systems,
31140 if for some other reason,
31142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31149 pipe is left in existence when \SpecialChar LyX
31151 then \SpecialChar LyX
31152 will try to delete it.
31153 If this fails for some reason,
31154 you will need to delete the pipes manually and then restart \SpecialChar LyX
31157 pipes are deleted by the OS on program termination or crash,
31159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31166 pipes should not be possible.
31169 \begin_layout Standard
31170 To have several \SpecialChar LyX
31171 processes with servers at the same time,
31172 you have to use different configurations,
31173 perhaps by using separate user directories,
31175 \begin_inset Flex Code
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31188 \begin_layout Standard
31189 If you are developing a client program,
31190 you might find it useful to enable debugging information from the \SpecialChar LyX
31192 Do this by starting \SpecialChar LyX
31194 \begin_inset Flex Code
31197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 \begin_layout Standard
31207 You can find a complete example client written in C++ in the source distribution as
31208 \begin_inset Flex Code
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 development/lyxserver/server_monitor.cpp
31220 \begin_layout Standard
31221 Another useful tool is the command-line based client found in
31222 \begin_inset Flex Code
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 src/client/lyxclient
31234 \begin_layout Section
31235 Normal communication
31238 \begin_layout Standard
31239 To issue a \SpecialChar LyX
31241 the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input pipe.
31242 This line has the following format:
31245 \begin_layout Quote
31259 \begin_layout Description
31260 clientname is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily.
31261 Its only use is that \SpecialChar LyX
31262 will echo it if it sends an answer—
31263 so a client can dispatch results from different requesters.
31266 \begin_layout Description
31267 function is the function you want \SpecialChar LyX
31269 It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer.
31272 \begin_layout Description
31273 argument is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions (for instance,
31275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31282 LFUN will insert the argument as text at the cursor position).
31285 \begin_layout Standard
31286 The answer from \SpecialChar LyX
31287 will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form
31290 \begin_layout Quote
31304 \begin_layout Standard
31313 are just echoed from the command request,
31318 is more or less useful information filled according to how the command execution worked out.
31321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31329 will return information about the internal state of \SpecialChar LyX
31331 while other will return an empty data-response.
31332 This means that the command execution went fine.
31335 \begin_layout Standard
31337 the response from \SpecialChar LyX
31338 will have this form
31341 \begin_layout Quote
31355 \begin_layout Standard
31360 should contain an explanation of why the command failed.
31363 \begin_layout Standard
31367 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31368 echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
31369 \begin_inset Newline newline
31372 echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
31373 \begin_inset Newline newline
31376 read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
31377 \begin_inset Newline newline
31383 \begin_layout Subsection
31384 AppleScript (Mac OS X)
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31388 Since \SpecialChar LyX
31391 supports basic interactions with AppleScript for normal communication through the command run.
31392 This command takes a direct argument (the
31396 to perform) and an optional argument.
31397 It either returns the output of the function or triggers an error with the error message and code.
31400 \begin_layout Standard
31404 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31405 tell application "\SpecialChar LyX
31409 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31413 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31414 -- Stores the current file name into f
31417 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31418 set f to (run "server-get-filename" with argument "")
31421 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31422 on error the error_message number the error_number
31425 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31426 display dialog "Error:
31427 " & the error_number & ".
31431 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31432 & the error_message buttons {"OK"} default button 1
31435 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31439 \begin_layout LyX-Code
31443 \begin_layout Section
31447 \begin_layout Standard
31449 can notify clients of events going on asynchronously.
31450 Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the function
31451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31459 The format of the string \SpecialChar LyX
31460 sends is as follows:
31463 \begin_layout Quote
31464 \begin_inset Flex Code
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 \begin_layout Standard
31483 is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed by the user.
31486 \begin_layout Standard
31487 This mechanism can be used to extend \SpecialChar LyX
31488 's command set and implement macros.
31489 Bind some key sequence to
31490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31498 Then start a client that listens on the output pipe,
31499 dispatches the command according to the sequence,
31500 and starts a function that may use \SpecialChar LyX
31501 calls and \SpecialChar LyX
31502 requests to issue a command or a series of commands to \SpecialChar LyX
31506 \begin_layout Section
31507 The simple \SpecialChar LyX
31511 \begin_layout Standard
31513 implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management.
31514 All messages are of the form
31517 \begin_layout Quote
31527 \begin_layout Standard
31533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31557 is received from a client,
31559 will report back to inform the client that it's listening to it's messages,
31561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31568 sent from \SpecialChar LyX
31569 will inform clients that \SpecialChar LyX
31573 \begin_layout Section
31574 Reverse DVI/PDF search
31577 \begin_layout Standard
31578 Some DVI/PDF viewers
31582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 The following viewers offer the reverse PDF search feature:
31584 Okular on KDE/Linux,
31586 Skim on Mac OSX and SumatraPDF on Windows.
31595 facility (also called
31600 This means that you can tell \SpecialChar LyX
31601 to put the cursor to a specific line in the document by clicking at the respective position in the DVI/PDF output.
31603 the viewer must be able to communicate with \SpecialChar LyX
31605 This is done via the \SpecialChar LyX
31606 server either by using the named pipe (
31611 or the UNIX domain socket (
31615 ) that \SpecialChar LyX
31616 creates in its temporary directory (this is the way the
31617 \begin_inset Flex Code
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 program communicates with \SpecialChar LyX
31629 you need a helper script that mediates between the viewer and \SpecialChar LyX
31632 the viewer can communicate with \SpecialChar LyX
31634 This depends on the selected viewer and on your operating system.
31635 The same applies to the way viewers need to be configured and the way the reverse search is actually performed.
31637 we will thus describe how to setup reverse search for specific viewers.
31638 Before we turn to this,
31640 we will explain what needs to be done generally to enable reverse search in the DVI/PDF output.
31643 \begin_layout Subsection
31645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31647 name "subsec:rev-search"
31654 \begin_layout Standard
31655 In most cases \SpecialChar LyX
31656 will do the work for you by pressing the following button in the toolbar:
31660 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
31665 you can also enable the feature by checking
31667 Synchronize with Output
31670 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917848
31672 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
31677 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
31684 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917848
31687 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
31688 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
31694 In such a case \SpecialChar LyX
31695 will automatically insert the necessary Sync\SpecialChar TeX
31696 macro (for PDF) or load the srcltx package (for DVI) respectively.
31697 This option can be easily reached also on
31698 \begin_inset Flex Code
31701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 \begin_layout Standard
31711 If you need a different setting,
31712 you can select or input a custom macro from the drop down box just below
31713 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917855
31715 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31719 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
31720 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
31721 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
31722 Synchronize with Output
31728 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917855
31731 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
31732 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
31733 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
31734 Synchronize with Output
31741 \begin_layout Standard
31742 Note that the method
31743 \begin_inset Flex Code
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 enables gzip compression.
31755 If your viewer does not support it,
31756 you should instead use
31757 \begin_inset Flex Code
31760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31771 \begin_layout Standard
31772 Please also note that including the
31773 \begin_inset Flex Code
31776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31783 \begin_inset Flex Code
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 sometimes has an undesired impact on the typesetting.
31794 you should switch output synchronization off for the final typesetting if you use the
31795 \begin_inset Flex Code
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31805 \begin_inset Flex Code
31808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 \begin_layout Standard
31819 In case you need some more special settings that are not covered by the automatic settings,
31820 read the next section about how to set up output synchronization manually.
31821 If the automatic setup suits your needs,
31822 you can readily jump to section
31823 \begin_inset space ~
31827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31829 reference "subsec:configuring-viewers"
31835 where the necessary configuration steps in your viewer – needed both with the automatic and the manual setup – are described.
31838 \begin_layout Subsection
31842 \begin_layout Standard
31844 provides several different methods for reverse search.
31845 Some are built-in in the
31846 \begin_inset Flex Code
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31856 some are provided by external packages.
31857 Your choice depends on whether your \SpecialChar LaTeX
31858 distribution already provides a given method (the built-in methods are rather new) and whether your viewer can cope with it.
31859 The available methods are described in the following.
31862 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31863 Built-in DVI-search via src-specials (DVI only)
31866 \begin_layout Standard
31867 This method provides the DVI file with the necessary information for reverse search.
31868 It is available in \SpecialChar LaTeX
31869 since quite some time (any somewhat recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
31870 distribution should include it),
31871 and it works reliably.
31874 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31888 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917875
31904 \begin_inset Flex Noun
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
31909 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
31916 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917875
31919 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
31920 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
31926 \begin_inset Flex Code
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 latex -src-specials $$i
31936 If this doesn't work,
31937 check if your \SpecialChar TeX
31938 engine needs different options (the syntax might differ in some distributions).
31941 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31942 External Packages (PDFSync and scrltx)
31945 \begin_layout Standard
31954 provide reverse search facility for PDF output (via pdflatex) and DVI output,
31956 In order to enable it,
31957 load the packages in the \SpecialChar LyX
31962 \begin_layout Itemize
31963 \begin_inset Flex Code
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 usepackage{pdfsync}
31974 for reverse PDF search,
31977 \begin_layout Itemize
31978 \begin_inset Flex Code
31981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 usepackage[active]{srcltx}
31989 for reverse DVI search.
31992 \begin_layout Standard
31993 If you want to be able to perform both DVI and PDF reverse searches,
31994 you can also insert in the preamble the following lines
31997 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32001 \begin_inset Newline newline
32007 \begin_inset Newline newline
32012 usepackage{pdfsync}
32013 \begin_inset Newline newline
32019 \begin_inset Newline newline
32024 usepackage[active]{srcltx}
32025 \begin_inset Newline newline
32033 \begin_layout Standard
32035 you can preview the file as either DVI or PDF (pdflatex) and the right package will be used.
32038 \begin_layout Standard
32039 Note that PDFSync might affect the output layout of your document.
32040 It is therefore advised to disable PDFsync for final documents.
32043 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32044 Built-in reverse search via Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32048 \begin_layout Standard
32050 \begin_inset Flex Code
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 have built-in support for both PDF and DVI reverse search.
32062 Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32065 facility is basically the result of the integration of the PDFSync package to the pdftex program and its merge with the
32070 You need at least \SpecialChar TeX
32071 Live 2008 or a recent Mik\SpecialChar TeX
32072 distribution in order to use it.
32076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 Mik\SpecialChar TeX
32079 does not understand/obey the command \SpecialChar LyX
32080 inserts into the preamble when you check the "Enable Forward/Reverse Search" button in the toolbar and does not generate the necessary info.
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 The generation of the required info can be forced by changing the converter "\SpecialChar LaTeX
32085 (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)" in Preferences->File handling->Converters from the default "pdflatex $$i" to "pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i" (i.e.,
32086 by adding the -synctex=1 switch).
32091 Also note that only a few PDF viewers (such as Okular and Qpdfview on Unix,
32093 SumatraPDF on Windows;
32094 see the next section for details) already provide Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32098 \begin_layout Standard
32099 To enable Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32102 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32116 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 (plain) -> DraftDVI
32130 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917887
32132 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32137 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32144 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917887
32147 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32148 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32154 \begin_inset Flex Code
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32158 latex -synctex=1 $$i
32164 and for PDF output,
32166 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32174 (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)
32180 \begin_inset Flex Code
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i
32190 Should your viewer not be considered in the following description,
32191 or in case of missing success,
32192 please check the documentation of your viewer whether the viewer needs to be configured for the use with Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 Note that the option
32199 \begin_inset Flex Code
32202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 option enables gzip compression.
32209 If your viewer does not support it,
32210 you should instead use
32211 \begin_inset Flex Code
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 \begin_layout Subsection
32229 Configuring and using specific viewers
32230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32232 name "subsec:configuring-viewers"
32239 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32240 Xdvi (all platforms)
32243 \begin_layout Standard
32245 \begin_inset Flex Code
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32255 you don't need to do anything else for performing a reverse DVI search,
32256 as \SpecialChar LyX
32257 already provides the necessary hooks for automatically using the
32258 \begin_inset Flex Code
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 Just setup your document as described above (reverse search is triggered by Ctrl-click or Alt-click on Mac OSX,
32272 \begin_layout Standard
32274 if for whatever reason you want to use the named pipe instead of the socket for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
32276 simply change the DVI viewer in
32277 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917897
32279 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32284 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32291 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917897
32294 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32295 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 On Mac OSX you have to use
32306 \begin_inset Flex Code
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
32321 \begin_inset Flex Code
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32325 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
32332 \begin_inset Flex Code
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32341 is a suitable script.
32343 a minimal shell script is the following one:
32346 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32348 \begin_inset Newline newline
32351 LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe"
32352 \begin_inset Newline newline
32355 COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2"
32356 \begin_inset Newline newline
32359 echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit
32360 \begin_inset Newline newline
32363 read TMP < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit
32366 \begin_layout Standard
32368 \begin_inset Flex Code
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 is the LyXServer pipe path specified in
32378 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917907
32380 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32384 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32391 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917907
32394 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 \begin_inset Flex Code
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 folder of a source distribution you can find a
32415 \begin_inset Flex Code
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 script which is able to locate the
32428 based on your preferences.
32436 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32440 \begin_layout Standard
32442 \begin_inset Flex Code
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 /Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script
32452 add the following lines:
32455 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32456 /Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1
32457 \begin_inset Newline newline
32463 \begin_layout Standard
32464 Modify the lines accordingly if you install \SpecialChar LyX
32465 somewhere else than in the Applications folder.
32468 \begin_layout Standard
32469 Reverse search is triggered by Alt-click (OPTION-click).
32472 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32476 \begin_layout Standard
32478 \begin_inset Flex Code
32481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32482 open -a Skim.app $$i
32487 to the viewer setting in
32488 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917916
32490 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32495 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32496 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
32503 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917916
32506 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32507 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32508 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
32515 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917924
32517 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
32522 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32529 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917924
32532 Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
32533 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32539 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917931
32541 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917931
32558 preset and enter command
32559 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 /Applications/\SpecialChar LyX
32564 .app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor
32572 \begin_layout Standard
32573 Reverse search is triggered by COMMAND-SHIFT-click
32576 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32580 \begin_layout Standard
32581 Reverse search with evince does not work out of the box,
32582 but it can be achieved by means of some third party helper scripts.
32584 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32586 target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
32594 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32598 \begin_layout Standard
32600 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917941
32602 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32607 Configure Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
32614 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917941
32617 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32618 Configure Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
32624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32628 This inserts the appropriate command (
32629 \begin_inset Flex Code
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 \begin_layout Standard
32642 Reverse search is triggered by SHIFT-click.
32644 \change_inserted -712698321 1578211026
32645 Note that this only works if Okular is in
32646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32658 the hand symbol is clicked).
32663 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32667 \begin_layout Standard
32668 Qpdfview supports Sync\SpecialChar TeX
32669 since version 0.3.5.
32671 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917949
32673 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32677 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
32678 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32685 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917949
32688 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
32689 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
32695 click on the input field of the
32696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32703 item and add the command
32704 \begin_inset Flex Code
32707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 \begin_layout Standard
32717 Reverse search is triggered by double-click or,
32718 in more recent versions,
32722 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32726 \begin_layout Standard
32729 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917958
32731 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
32742 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917958
32745 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
32750 menu and select the
32751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32763 New\SpecialChar ldots
32765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32769 in the window that opens,
32771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32779 (or any other name you like) in the
32780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32788 Now click on the button labeled
32789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32797 to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the batch file
32798 \begin_inset Flex Code
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 \begin_inset Flex Code
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32818 and then specify the program arguments as
32819 \begin_inset Flex Code
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 \begin_inset Flex Code
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 wrapper is used for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
32847 \begin_layout LyX-Code
32849 \begin_inset Newline newline
32852 echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%~1 %2>
32861 \begin_inset Newline newline
32875 \begin_layout Standard
32876 Make sure that the \SpecialChar LyX
32877 Server pipe path you specified in \SpecialChar LyX
32879 \begin_inset Flex Code
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 otherwise change the
32898 \begin_inset Flex Code
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 wrapper accordingly.
32910 \begin_layout Standard
32912 reverse search is triggered by double-click.
32915 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32916 SumatraPDF (Windows)
32919 \begin_layout Standard
32920 In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search,
32922 \begin_inset Flex Code
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat "%f" %l"
32931 in the viewer setting in
32932 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917965
32934 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32939 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32940 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
32947 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917965
32950 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32951 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
32952 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
32959 \begin_inset Flex Code
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 is the previous wrapper.
32969 If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH,
32970 use its full file name.
32973 \begin_layout Standard
32974 Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
32977 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32981 \begin_layout Standard
32983 make sure that yap is your default DVI viewer in the Windows environment,
32986 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917973
32988 \begin_inset Flex Noun
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
32999 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917973
33002 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
33007 menu and select the
33008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33020 New\SpecialChar ldots
33022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33026 in the window that opens,
33028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33036 (or any other name you like) in the
33037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33045 Now click on the button labeled
33046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33054 to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the
33055 \begin_inset Flex Code
33058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33064 program (which is installed by default on Cygwin along with the \SpecialChar LyX
33067 \begin_inset Flex Code
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 and then specify the program arguments as
33077 \begin_inset Flex Code
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 you will be using the
33092 for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
33095 for whatever reason,
33096 you want to use the
33102 \begin_inset Flex Code
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 option and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX
33112 Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX
33116 \begin_layout Standard
33118 reverse search is triggered by double-click.
33121 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33122 SumatraPDF (Cygwin)
33125 \begin_layout Standard
33126 In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search,
33128 \begin_inset Flex Code
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l"
33137 in the viewer setting in
33138 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917986
33140 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33145 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33146 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
33153 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917986
33156 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33157 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33158 File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
33164 If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH,
33165 use its full posix path.
33167 \begin_inset Flex Code
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 enables communication via the
33183 \begin_inset Flex Code
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 option if you want to use the
33197 and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX
33198 Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX
33202 \begin_layout Standard
33203 Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
33206 \begin_layout Section
33210 \begin_layout Standard
33212 as the name implies,
33214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33222 It allows you to let the viewer jump to a given position from within \SpecialChar LyX
33224 If forward search is set up (as described in what follows),
33225 you can put the cursor anywhere in your \SpecialChar LyX
33228 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917994
33230 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
33241 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917994
33244 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
33250 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918002
33254 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918002
33271 in the context menu via right mouse click),
33272 and then the viewer will jump to that position as well.
33275 that your viewer supports this function.
33278 \begin_layout Standard
33279 To make forward search possible,
33280 you first need to provide the generated output PDF/DVI file with additional information about the \SpecialChar TeX
33282 This can be done via the methods described in the section
33283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33285 reference "subsec:rev-search"
33293 \begin_layout Standard
33295 you need to configure \SpecialChar LyX
33296 for using your viewers in
33297 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918011
33299 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33304 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33305 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
33312 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918011
33315 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33316 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33317 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
33323 We provide a range of tested configurations for some viewers,
33324 which you can select from the drop down list.
33325 If none of these configurations suits you,
33326 you have to find out and enter a suitable configuration yourself.
33327 The definition syntax uses the following placeholders:
33330 \begin_layout Itemize
33332 \begin_inset Flex Code
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 \begin_layout Itemize
33347 \begin_inset Flex Code
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (without path)
33360 \begin_layout Itemize
33362 \begin_inset Flex Code
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (including path)
33375 \begin_layout Itemize
33377 \begin_inset Flex Code
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 name of the exported output file (either dvi or pdf,
33388 depending on which one exists in the temporary directory)
33391 \begin_layout Standard
33392 Note that only some of the viewers provide full and usable forward search functionality out of the box,
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 You might want to set
33401 \begin_inset Flex Code
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918020
33413 \begin_inset Flex Noun
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33417 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33418 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33419 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33421 \begin_inset space ~
33430 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918020
33433 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
33434 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
33435 File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
33437 \begin_inset space ~
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 SumatraPDF can also use DDE commands through the external program CMCDDE —
33456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
33458 target "http://www.istri.fr/spip/zip/CMCDDE.zip"
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 Forward search with evince can be achieved by means of third party helper scripts.
33477 \begin_inset CommandInset href
33479 target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
33490 require some extra tools in order to use forward search.
33491 While many of the widespread PDF viewers (most notably Adobe Reader) do not support forward search at all,
33492 some other viewers – e.
33493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33497 xpdf – allow at least to reload the document and jump to a specific page of the file,
33498 so you can at least navigate
33499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33507 This latter functionality is provided by an external call of synctex (see the predefined example configurations).
33511 \begin_layout Standard
33512 Forward search works both with DVI and PDF output.
33514 simply checks which preview format you have used before (i.
33515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33519 which format is already there in the temporary directory) and chooses the appropriate configuration for the respective format.
33520 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
33524 \begin_layout Standard
33526 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
33527 Special Document Classes
33530 \begin_layout Standard
33532 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33536 \begin_layout Standard
33538 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33544 \begin_layout Standard
33546 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33550 \begin_layout Standard
33552 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33553 This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX
33554 can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal
33556 Astronomy and Astrophysics
33559 \begin_inset Flex URL
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 https://www.aanda.org/
33569 ) using Version 5.01 of the document class
33574 This package can be downloaded from the ftp site
33577 \begin_layout Standard
33579 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33580 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
33586 \begin_layout Standard
33589 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33590 \begin_inset Flex URL
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html
33603 \begin_layout Standard
33605 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33606 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
33612 \begin_layout Standard
33614 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33615 A manual comes together with that package,
33616 and this text is not meant to replace the original manual but is merely a short guide in how to realize the correct form of your paper.
33620 \begin_layout Standard
33622 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33623 Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1,
33625 That change involved also some slight changes to the style files,
33626 namely the removal of the thesaurus command.
33627 The \SpecialChar LyX
33628 class aa supports the newest version of these style files,
33630 If you have an older version installed,
33633 the old (version 4) layout has been kept as
33638 Please refer to the comments in
33641 Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
33646 \begin_layout Standard
33648 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33652 \begin_layout Standard
33654 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33655 It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with \SpecialChar LyX
33657 If you are not using a template,
33658 note the following settings:
33661 \begin_layout Itemize
33663 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33670 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
33674 that one was obvious).
33677 \begin_layout Itemize
33679 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33680 Don't change the option
33683 \begin_inset space ~
33694 The whole layout is done by the macros,
33695 you shouldn't change anything.
33698 \begin_layout Standard
33700 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33704 \begin_layout Standard
33706 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33707 First thing to enter is the header information.
33708 It consists of seven entries,
33709 of which some are optional.
33713 \begin_layout Itemize
33715 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33724 \begin_layout Itemize
33726 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33735 \begin_layout Itemize
33737 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33746 \begin_layout Itemize
33748 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33757 \begin_layout Itemize
33759 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33765 [optional] if more than one author:
33766 whom to contact for offprint requests.
33769 \begin_layout Itemize
33771 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33777 [optional] mail address for contacts.
33780 \begin_layout Itemize
33782 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33789 Suggested format is
33796 \begin_layout Standard
33798 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33799 There is no need to issue the
33806 this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX
33807 when the header is finished.
33808 Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence,
33809 just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document.
33812 \begin_layout Standard
33814 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33815 If you want to place footnotes in the header block,
33817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33821 \begin_inset space \space{}
33824 to state your present address,
33825 just use the standard footnote via the menu
33827 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
33832 will automagically use the term
33841 \begin_layout Standard
33843 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33846 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
33850 you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling:
33853 \begin_layout Itemize
33855 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33862 to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash
33864 The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
33869 so you have to put a marker to each author.
33872 \begin_layout Itemize
33874 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33879 to supply an email address for fast contact.
33882 \begin_layout Standard
33884 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33885 In addition to these topics,
33886 the macros use one additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
33887 command that has no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX
33891 \begin_layout Itemize
33893 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33900 to separate different names for more than one author and institute,
33904 \begin_layout Standard
33906 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33907 The appropriate command has to be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
33908 and marked as \SpecialChar LaTeX
33914 \begin_layout Standard
33916 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33920 \begin_layout Standard
33922 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33923 The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
33924 With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command,
33925 and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph.
33927 it should contain an entry with the keywords.
33928 This is done via the paragraph style
33933 Refer to the example paper.
33936 \begin_layout Standard
33938 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33939 Supported environments
33942 \begin_layout Standard
33944 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33945 The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text:
33948 \begin_layout Itemize
33950 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33956 \begin_layout Itemize
33958 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33964 \begin_layout Itemize
33966 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33972 \begin_layout Itemize
33974 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33980 \begin_layout Itemize
33982 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33988 \begin_layout Itemize
33990 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
33996 \begin_layout Itemize
33998 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34004 \begin_layout Itemize
34006 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34012 \begin_layout Itemize
34014 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34020 \begin_layout Itemize
34022 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34028 \begin_layout Itemize
34030 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34036 \begin_layout Itemize
34038 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34045 \begin_layout Standard
34047 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34048 Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
34052 \begin_layout Standard
34054 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34055 Some commands are not yet supported by the
34059 layout for \SpecialChar LyX
34061 Some have already been mentioned.
34062 For the sake of completeness,
34063 they are listed all together here:
34066 \begin_layout Itemize
34068 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34076 \begin_layout Itemize
34078 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34086 \begin_layout Itemize
34088 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34096 \begin_layout Itemize
34098 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34106 \begin_layout Standard
34108 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34109 If you want to use any of these commands,
34110 you have to enter them yourself.
34113 Do not forget to mark them as \SpecialChar LaTeX
34117 \begin_layout Standard
34119 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34120 Figure and Table Floats
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34125 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34127 provides support for the necessary float environments
34138 therefore we won't tell much about it here.
34142 \begin_inset space ~
34148 Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
34150 select the table and change the alignment in
34152 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
34154 \begin_inset space ~
34160 \begin_layout Standard
34162 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34163 There is only one special thing:
34164 the figures with caption besides the figure.
34165 To create such a figure,
34166 you have to do the following:
34169 \begin_layout Enumerate
34171 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34172 Create a wide figure float:
34175 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
34176 Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
34180 then right click in the figure and select
34183 \begin_inset space ~
34191 \begin_layout Enumerate
34193 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34194 Enter your caption text.
34197 \begin_layout Enumerate
34199 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34204 to move the cursor above the caption.
34207 \begin_layout Enumerate
34209 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34213 \begin_layout Enumerate
34215 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34216 Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill:
34219 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
34221 \begin_inset space ~
34224 Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
34226 \begin_inset space ~
34234 \begin_layout Enumerate
34236 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34237 Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
34242 \begin_inset space ~
34250 \begin_layout Enumerate
34252 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34262 Do not close the brace!
34265 \begin_layout Enumerate
34267 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34268 Position the cursor behind the caption text,
34269 switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
34270 mode and insert the closing brace:
34274 \begin_inset space ~
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34288 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34290 refer to the figures in the example paper.
34293 \begin_layout Standard
34295 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34299 \begin_layout Standard
34301 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34303 the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout.
34305 you have to give the option
34309 to the document class.
34310 This must be done using the custom class options field in the
34312 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
34316 Just enter the string
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34325 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34329 \begin_layout Standard
34331 \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044
34336 directory contains an example paper written with \SpecialChar LyX
34338 It is the example paper from the original macro package,
34339 translated to \SpecialChar LyX
34341 Use it for inspiration,
34342 and compare the original \SpecialChar LaTeX
34343 code with \SpecialChar LyX
34347 \begin_layout Standard
34349 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34353 \begin_layout Standard
34355 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34360 can be used to type letters according to German conventions.
34361 A template file is included in
34363 .../lyx/share/templates
34365 for you to use as a starting point.
34368 \begin_layout Standard
34370 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34374 \begin_layout Standard
34376 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429
34377 See the \SpecialChar LyX
34383 It contains all infos you need.
34386 \begin_layout Standard
34388 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34392 \begin_layout Standard
34394 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34397 Panayotis Papasotiriou
34400 \begin_layout Standard
34402 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34406 \begin_layout Standard
34408 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34409 The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the
34411 International Journal of Modern Physics C
34415 the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted to the
34417 International Journal of Modern Physics D
34420 Both journals are published by World Scientific.
34421 The corresponding document classes are named
34432 together with instructions for the authors,
34433 can be downloaded from the sites
34434 \begin_inset Flex URL
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34439 http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml
34445 \begin_inset Flex URL
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34450 http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml
34456 Both packages are modified versions of the standard
34457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34465 and they are almost (but not exactly) identical.
34466 Most of their features are supported by \SpecialChar LyX
34468 I have used \SpecialChar LyX
34469 successfully to write articles submitted to both journals without any problem.
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34474 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34478 \begin_layout Standard
34480 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34482 the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
34485 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
34502 This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript.
34503 Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
34509 You should keep in mind the following remarks.
34512 \begin_layout Enumerate
34514 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34516 won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
34517 because such modifications are not allowed by both packages.
34520 \begin_layout Enumerate
34522 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34523 The language of the document should not be changed.
34524 Before previewing your paper,
34525 be sure that the babel package is not used.
34530 arg "dialog-show document"
34535 \SpecialChar menuseparator
34540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34554 \begin_layout Enumerate
34556 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34565 style must be used to define keywords.
34568 \begin_layout Enumerate
34570 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34571 The ijmpc package provides a style named
34572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34575 Classification Codes
34576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34580 which can be used to define classification codes,
34581 such as PACS numbers.
34582 Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package.
34585 \begin_layout Enumerate
34587 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34588 Several new environments are available:
34590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34715 Their use is more or less obvious.
34717 supports all these environments;
34718 it will use the proper label,
34720 and numbering scheme for each of them.
34723 \begin_layout Enumerate
34725 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34726 Both packages use basic citations;
34727 the natbib package should not be used.
34728 In \SpecialChar LyX
34730 citation references are shown as usual;
34732 citations are shown as superscripts.
34733 If you want to use a citation as normal text,
34740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34744 \begin_inset space \space{}
34748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34752 \begin_inset space \space{}
34762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34768 \begin_layout Enumerate
34770 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34779 section in both packages.
34780 To put acknowledgments,
34782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34792 \begin_layout Enumerate
34794 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34795 Appendices may be added to the paper,
34800 the Acknowledgments and
34806 provides a special environment,
34808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34815 which marks the beginning of the appendices.
34816 This environment should be left blank;
34817 it just sends a \SpecialChar LaTeX
34819 but nothing is really printed.
34820 In \SpecialChar LyX
34823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34830 is printed with blue letters,
34831 as a signal that all sections after that point are appendices.
34832 To write an appendix,
34834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34843 will number each appendix with capital letters,
34844 as required by both journals.
34846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34857 be present before the first appendix;
34859 all appendices will be numbered as normal sections in the output.
34862 \begin_layout Enumerate
34864 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34865 The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the
34869 command to implement table captions.
34871 a table created by \SpecialChar LyX
34872 is printed correctly,
34873 but its caption is ignored.
34875 you can use some \SpecialChar TeX
34876 code to overcome this problem,
34877 so that captions are printed as expected.
34879 create a float table as usual,
34880 remove the caption,
34881 and replace it with the \SpecialChar TeX
34893 you must also the \SpecialChar TeX
34898 immediately after the tabular material.
34899 Study the example table included in the template files to see how this trick is implemented.
34901 If you need table captions,
34902 you should implement the whole table float in a
34907 then include this file to the \SpecialChar LyX
34910 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
34911 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34919 Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files
34928 included in the corresponding packages.
34931 \begin_layout Standard
34933 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34934 Preparing a paper for submission
34937 \begin_layout Standard
34939 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34940 Before you submit your paper you must export the \SpecialChar LyX
34941 document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
34944 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
34945 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34954 Actually you have the choice between \SpecialChar LaTeX
34955 (plain) and pdflatex.
34956 If you intend to use pdflatex to prepare the paper,
34957 you should use the pdflatex option so that included graphics are converted to PDF format,
34958 ready for use by pdflatex.
34964 then make the following changes to the resulting
34971 \begin_layout Enumerate
34973 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34974 Remove the comment lines before the
34983 \begin_layout Enumerate
34985 \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802
34986 Remove everything between (and including) the
34999 except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
35003 \begin_layout Standard
35005 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
35010 file should be saved and processed through \SpecialChar LaTeX
35011 as many times as necessary.
35012 You may also want to check the resulting
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35021 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35025 \begin_layout Standard
35027 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35033 \begin_layout Standard
35035 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35039 \begin_layout Standard
35041 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35042 The iopart package provides a document class to create electronic manuscript submission to the journals published by the Institute of Physics.
35043 Instructions for the authors how to create a paper using the iopart class can be downloaded together with the iopart package from the site
35044 \begin_inset Flex URL
35047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35049 ftp://ftp.iop.org/pub/journals/latex2e
35057 \begin_layout Standard
35059 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35063 \begin_layout Standard
35065 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35066 The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the template
35070 that is available via
35072 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35075 The template explains how to use the special text environments.
35076 Here are the most important advices:
35079 \begin_layout Itemize
35081 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35082 To be able to compile your document to a PDF,
35085 ensure that the no AMS packages are loaded in
35087 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
35088 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
35094 \begin_layout Itemize
35096 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35099 The title environment defines the kind of your paper.
35100 So use one of the following environments for the title:
35104 \begin_layout Itemize
35106 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35115 \begin_layout Itemize
35117 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35126 \begin_layout Itemize
35128 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35134 for a Topical review
35137 \begin_layout Itemize
35139 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35148 \begin_layout Itemize
35150 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35159 \begin_layout Itemize
35161 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35167 for a Paper (same as Title)
35170 \begin_layout Itemize
35172 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35178 for a Preliminary communication
35181 \begin_layout Itemize
35183 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35189 for a Rapid communication
35192 \begin_layout Itemize
35194 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35200 for a Letter to the editor
35204 \begin_layout Itemize
35206 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35209 All title environments except of
35213 can have an optional short title.
35216 \begin_layout Itemize
35218 \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478
35219 There is a general title environment
35223 which is not directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX
35225 This can be used as \SpecialChar TeX
35226 code when your document doesn't fit into one of the other title types.
35229 \begin_layout Standard
35231 \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015
35232 For more informations like hints for special table and formula formatting,
35233 look at the IOP author guidelines.
35236 \begin_layout Standard
35238 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35244 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35247 Panayotis Papasotiriou
35250 \begin_layout Standard
35252 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35256 \begin_layout Standard
35258 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35259 The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they publish.
35260 Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are
35262 Astrophysics and Space Science
35269 but there are many others (see a complete list at
35270 \begin_inset Flex URL
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35275 http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME
35281 The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site
35282 \begin_inset Flex URL
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35287 http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES
35293 A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be downloaded separately).
35296 \begin_layout Standard
35298 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35300 supports many features of the package but not everything.
35302 the \SpecialChar TeX
35303 code needed is reduced to some
35304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35311 commands of the package (see
35312 \begin_inset space ~
35316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35318 reference "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities"
35324 I have recently used \SpecialChar LyX
35325 to write an article submitted to the
35327 Astrophysics and Space Science
35329 without any problem.
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35334 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35338 \begin_layout Standard
35340 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35341 The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file.
35344 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35357 This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use.
35358 As in most templates,
35359 simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
35364 ) with the correct information.
35367 \begin_layout Standard
35369 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35370 Preparing a paper for submission
35373 \begin_layout Standard
35375 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35376 As in the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
35378 before you submit your paper to a journal you must
35379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35389 \begin_layout Enumerate
35391 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35392 Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
35397 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
35398 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
35406 \begin_layout Enumerate
35408 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35413 file with a text editor and make the following changes
35417 \begin_layout Enumerate
35419 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35420 remove the comment lines before the
35429 \begin_layout Enumerate
35431 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35432 remove everything between (and including) the
35445 except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
35449 \begin_layout Standard
35451 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35460 \begin_layout Enumerate
35462 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35467 file through \SpecialChar LaTeX
35468 as many times as necessary (usually up to three).
35471 \begin_layout Enumerate
35473 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35484 \begin_inset space \space{}
35492 and check if everything is OK (it should,
35493 if you didn't make any mistake).
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35498 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35506 of the Kluwer package
35507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35509 name "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities"
35516 \begin_layout Standard
35518 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35519 The Kluwer package has the following
35520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35530 \begin_layout Enumerate
35532 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35533 It is possible to write multiple articles in the same \SpecialChar LaTeX
35538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 I can't imagine any good reason to do this.
35545 Each article must be included in the environment
35546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35555 this environment cannot be omitted,
35556 even if you write just one article.
35558 each article starts with the command
35566 ends with the command
35573 Although this can be implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
35575 I didn't included it,
35576 since it looks ugly and can confuse the novice user.
35578 you need to enter them directly and mark them as \SpecialChar LaTeX
35579 code (the well-known
35580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35591 \begin_layout Enumerate
35593 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35594 Information given at the beginning of the article (i.
35595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35599 \begin_inset space \space{}
35608 abstract and keywords) must be included in an environment called
35609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35617 This is not implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
35619 so you must enter title,
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35624 between two \SpecialChar TeX
35640 \begin_layout Enumerate
35642 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35643 According to the user manual,
35644 the label of each bibliography item must be written as
35667 \begin_layout Standard
35669 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35674 template takes care of all these
35675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35683 If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything special.
35687 \begin_layout Enumerate
35689 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35690 don't delete the \SpecialChar TeX
35691 code included in the template,
35695 \begin_layout Enumerate
35697 \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155
35698 copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it as necessary to enter new bibliography items.
35701 \begin_layout Standard
35703 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35707 \begin_layout Standard
35709 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35714 provides an alternative to the standard
35719 It provides similar functionality,
35720 but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections,
35725 \begin_layout Standard
35727 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35728 Springer Journals (
35735 \begin_layout Standard
35737 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35743 \begin_layout Standard
35745 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35751 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35752 These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer Verlag and listed on
35753 \begin_inset Flex URL
35756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html
35764 where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes,
35765 these are \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
35767 It is a modular system:
35768 the things common to all journals are implemented in
35773 which journal-specific layout files (such as,
35775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35779 \begin_inset space \space{}
35786 for Journal of Geodesy) can include.
35789 \begin_layout Standard
35791 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35792 This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this list is as simple as writing your own
35800 file following the outline given in
35808 \begin_layout Standard
35810 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35811 It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy.
35820 come with the standard \SpecialChar LyX
35822 Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper directory,
35823 reconfigure \SpecialChar LaTeX
35824 (in the te\SpecialChar TeX
35830 as root if necessary —
35831 doesn't \SpecialChar LyX
35832 take care of this?),
35833 reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
35834 and it should work.
35837 \begin_layout Standard
35839 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35843 \begin_layout Standard
35845 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35846 A large number of theorem-like styles —
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35863 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35869 Running_\SpecialChar LaTeX
35880 See the Springer class file documentation for details.
35883 \begin_layout Standard
35885 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35889 \begin_layout Itemize
35891 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35905 \begin_layout Itemize
35907 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35910 Probability Theory and Related Fields
35918 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
35921 \begin_layout Standard
35923 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35928 \begin_layout Standard
35930 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35934 \begin_layout Standard
35936 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35937 These files are partly based on the older
35942 which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old \SpecialChar LaTeX
35943 2.09 style file from Springer.
35951 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the \SpecialChar LyX
35952 layout file mechanism.
35955 \begin_layout Standard
35957 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35961 \begin_layout Standard
35963 \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446
35965 But probably less than in the old hacked-\SpecialChar LaTeX
35973 \begin_layout Chapter
35975 Features needing Extra Software
35978 \begin_layout Section
35979 Checking \SpecialChar TeX
35983 \begin_layout Standard
35989 \begin_layout Subsection
35993 \begin_layout Standard
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36007 is not yet available when you are using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
36008 distribution MiK\SpecialChar TeX
36023 \begin_inset space ~
36034 \begin_inset Newline newline
36038 \begin_inset CommandInset href
36040 target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html"
36048 \begin_layout Standard
36051 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36054 package is a program that was written by
36055 \begin_inset Flex Noun
36058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 \begin_inset space ~
36068 in frustration because some constructs in \SpecialChar LaTeX
36069 are sometimes non-intuitive,
36070 and easy to forget.
36071 The program runs over your \SpecialChar LaTeX
36073 checks the integrity of the file,
36074 and flags some common errors.
36075 In other technical words,
36080 for \SpecialChar LaTeX
36084 \begin_layout Standard
36086 what is a syntax checker doing in \SpecialChar LyX
36087 which is supposed to produce correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
36089 The answer is simple:
36094 not only checks the
36103 checks for type-errors,
36106 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36109 catches some common
36114 in addition to the syntactical ones.
36118 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36121 is capable of detecting several common errors,
36125 \begin_layout Itemize
36126 Ellipsis detection:
36127 \begin_inset Newline newline
36130 Use \SpecialChar ldots
36134 \begin_layout Itemize
36135 No space in front of/after parenthesis:
36136 \begin_inset Newline newline
36142 \begin_layout Itemize
36143 Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
36144 \begin_inset Newline newline
36148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36152 \begin_inset space \space{}
36155 is too wide spacing.
36158 \begin_layout Itemize
36159 Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter:
36160 \begin_inset Newline newline
36164 And this is wrong spacing.
36167 \begin_layout Itemize
36168 Space in front of labels and similar commands:
36169 \begin_inset Newline newline
36172 The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page.
36174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36185 This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
36190 The label is separated too much.
36193 \begin_layout Itemize
36194 Space in front of references,
36195 instead of hard spaces:
36196 \begin_inset Newline newline
36199 If you have bad luck,
36200 the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number,
36203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36205 reference "sec:chktex"
36213 \begin_layout Itemize
36215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36223 \begin_inset Formula $\times$
36227 \begin_inset Newline newline
36230 2x2 looks cheap compared to
36231 \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
36237 \begin_layout Standard
36238 and more \SpecialChar ldots
36239 It is an invaluable tool when you are
36240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36247 your document before printing,
36248 and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check,
36249 and before you go fine tuning the typesetting.
36252 \begin_layout Subsection
36256 \begin_layout Standard
36257 If you have the program installed,
36258 usage is as simple as choosing
36260 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
36262 \begin_inset space ~
36268 This will make \SpecialChar LyX
36269 generate a \SpecialChar LaTeX
36270 file of your document,
36273 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36277 and then make \SpecialChar LyX
36279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36286 with the warnings from
36288 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36293 The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake,
36294 and you can quickly find them by using the
36296 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
36300 or the shortcut key
36309 Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse,
36310 or use the shortcut key
36319 or the corresponding
36328 Read the warning and correct the mistake,
36329 if it is a mistake.
36330 If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about,
36331 you can safely ignore it.
36332 Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking
36334 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36338 and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just plain silly.
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature,
36343 and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
36344 Since computers are only so smart,
36345 expect most of the warnings to be false alarms,
36349 \begin_layout Subsection
36350 How to fine tune it
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36357 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36360 makes more noise than suits your mood.
36361 Then you can choose not to use it,
36362 wait until your mood changes,
36363 or try to customize
36365 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36368 to get better along with you.
36371 \begin_layout Standard
36374 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36381 very configurable and extensible,
36382 you should not expect to solve all problems with
36384 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36387 in \SpecialChar LyX
36389 Since \SpecialChar LyX
36390 has to generate a somewhat special \SpecialChar LaTeX
36391 file to be able to match the line numbers from the
36393 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36401 You can inspect the specific output from
36407 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
36410 \begin_inset space ~
36424 to the internal document structure,
36425 some of the warnings will not appear correctly.
36426 There are two things you can do about this:
36429 \begin_layout Itemize
36432 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36435 invocation command line in
36436 \change_deleted -712698321 1674918035
36438 \begin_inset Flex Noun
36441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
36443 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
36444 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
36445 LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
36452 \change_inserted -712698321 1674918035
36455 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
36456 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
36457 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
36458 LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
36466 Chk\SpecialChar TeX
36469 installation configuration file (usually with the file
36474 See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line.
36477 \begin_layout Itemize
36478 Export your document as a raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
36481 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
36482 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
36491 Invoked in this way,
36492 it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside \SpecialChar LyX
36494 but with a little patience,
36495 you should be able to do it.
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36499 Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in
36508 to disable a warning,
36513 to enable a warning.
36514 The emphasized entries are disabled by default,
36515 because the default is "
36517 chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
36522 \begin_layout Standard
36523 Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
36524 because \SpecialChar LyX
36525 relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with
36532 \begin_layout Enumerate
36536 Command terminated with space.
36539 \begin_layout Enumerate
36542 Non-breaking space (
36543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36554 ) should have been used.
36557 \begin_layout Enumerate
36561 You should enclose the previous parenthesis with
36562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36576 \begin_layout Enumerate
36579 Italic correction (
36580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36593 ) found in non-italic buffer.
36596 \begin_layout Enumerate
36599 Italic correction (
36600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36613 ) found more than once.
36616 \begin_layout Enumerate
36620 No italic correction (
36621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36637 \begin_layout Enumerate
36641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36667 \begin_layout Enumerate
36670 Wrong length of dash may have been used.
36673 \begin_layout Enumerate
36677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36704 \begin_layout Enumerate
36708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36722 \begin_layout Enumerate
36726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36737 to achieve an ellipsis.
36740 \begin_layout Enumerate
36743 Inter-word spacing (
36744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36757 ) should perhaps be used.
36760 \begin_layout Enumerate
36763 Inter-sentence spacing (
36764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36777 ) should perhaps be used.
36780 \begin_layout Enumerate
36783 Could not find argument for command.
36786 \begin_layout Enumerate
36790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36804 \begin_layout Enumerate
36807 Math mode still on at end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
36811 \begin_layout Enumerate
36815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36826 doesn't match the number of
36827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36841 \begin_layout Enumerate
36844 You should use either
36847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36860 as an alternative to
36861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36875 \begin_layout Enumerate
36882 " (ASCII 39) instead of "
36889 \begin_layout Enumerate
36892 User-specified pattern found.
36895 \begin_layout Enumerate
36898 This command might not be intended.
36901 \begin_layout Enumerate
36908 \begin_layout Enumerate
36926 \begin_layout Enumerate
36929 Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
36932 \begin_layout Enumerate
36936 You might wish to put this between a pair of
36937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36951 \begin_layout Enumerate
36954 You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
36957 \begin_layout Enumerate
36960 Could not execute \SpecialChar LaTeX
36964 \begin_layout Enumerate
36973 in front of small punctuation.
36976 \begin_layout Enumerate
36984 may look prettier here.
36987 \begin_layout Enumerate
36991 Multiple spaces detected in output.
36994 \begin_layout Enumerate
36997 This text may be ignored.
37000 \begin_layout Enumerate
37006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37011 to begin quotation,
37019 \begin_layout Enumerate
37030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37038 \begin_layout Enumerate
37044 \begin_layout Enumerate
37047 You should perhaps use
37048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37062 \begin_layout Enumerate
37065 You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
37068 \begin_layout Enumerate
37071 You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
37074 \begin_layout Enumerate
37078 You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
37081 \begin_layout Enumerate
37084 Double space found.
37087 \begin_layout Enumerate
37090 You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
37093 \begin_layout Enumerate
37096 You ought to not use primitive \SpecialChar TeX
37097 in \SpecialChar LaTeX
37101 \begin_layout Enumerate
37104 You should remove spaces in front of
37105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37119 \begin_layout Enumerate
37122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37133 is normally not followed by
37134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37148 \begin_layout Standard
37149 In later versions of \SpecialChar LyX
37151 we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin
37155 ) to exploit the full power of it.
37156 But it's not exactly useless as it is now:
37157 go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised.
37160 \begin_layout Section
37161 Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37168 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37175 \begin_layout Subsection
37179 \begin_layout Standard
37181 supports some of the most basic RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT commands.
37182 If you need something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in a terminal.
37185 \begin_layout Standard
37186 Also note that CVS support is not as good as subversion support,
37187 so we advise using SVN instead.
37188 A good place to start learning Subversion is the SVN Book
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 \begin_inset CommandInset href
37195 target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
37206 In the case of RCS you should read
37207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37220 This file describes all the basic features of RCS.
37221 You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory,
37222 and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in
37229 \begin_layout Standard
37230 Before you begin to use the version control features in \SpecialChar LyX
37232 you should be familiar with RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT usage.
37233 The implementation in \SpecialChar LyX
37234 assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS or CVS/SVN package —
37235 no guarantees are made for older versions.
37236 Most of the log messages are not currently displayed after operations —
37237 you can check them in the Messages pane if you are unsure.
37238 Regular users of version control will appreciate the VC toolbar,
37239 which can be enabled via
37241 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
37242 Toolbars\SpecialChar menuseparator
37244 \begin_inset space ~
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37253 For introducing your own external commands consult
37254 \begin_inset Flex Code
37257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37271 \begin_layout Standard
37272 It is strongly recommended to store documents in uncompressed format if using version control (uncheck
37274 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
37278 Uncompressed LyX documents are text files and therefore for merging two different versions by version control systems.
37279 Compressed LyX documents are binary files,
37280 which cannot be merged by version control systems.
37283 \begin_layout Subsection
37284 RCS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by \SpecialChar LyX
37291 You can find them in the
37293 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
37295 \begin_inset space ~
37302 was tested against RCS 5.7/5.8.
37305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37311 \begin_layout Standard
37312 If your document is not under revision control,
37313 this is the only item shown in the menu.
37314 And if it is under revision control,
37319 item is not visible.
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37324 This command registers your document with RCS (unless you are under the directory managed by CVS)\SpecialChar endofsentence
37325 You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
37326 The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to
37329 \begin_inset space ~
37333 \begin_inset space ~
37337 \begin_inset space ~
37343 before making any changes to it.
37344 A document under revision control has a
37345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37348 [RCS:<version> <locker>]
37349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37352 item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer.
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37356 RCS command that is run:
37359 \begin_layout LyX-Code
37362 ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
37365 \begin_layout Standard
37370 to understand the switches.
37374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37381 When you are finished editing a file,
37382 you check in your changes.
37384 you are asked for a description of the changes.
37385 This is stored in the history log.
37386 The version number is bumped,
37387 your changes are applied to the master RCS file,
37388 the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode.
37391 \begin_layout Itemize
37395 ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
37398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37404 \begin_layout Standard
37405 By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it.
37406 This will also make the document Read-Write only for you.
37407 You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished you check in your changes.
37408 The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file.
37411 \begin_layout Itemize
37415 co -q -l <file-name>
37418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37421 Revert To Repository Version
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37425 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
37426 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
37429 \begin_layout Itemize
37433 co -f -u<version> <file-name>
37436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37442 \begin_layout Standard
37443 This will create a copy of the current document.
37444 Since RCS does not support copy operations natively,
37445 the version history is not preserved,
37446 and the copy is added as a new file.
37447 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
37448 You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
37449 After that the copy is created,
37450 both locally and in the repository.
37451 If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
37452 all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in
37454 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
37460 the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
37463 \begin_layout Labeling
37464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
37466 \begin_inset space ~
37471 \begin_inset space ~
37475 \begin_inset Newline newline
37479 \begin_inset Flex Code
37482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37489 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37498 \begin_inset Flex Code
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37504 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37508 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37517 \begin_inset Newline newline
37521 \begin_inset Flex Code
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37532 \begin_inset Quotes qld
37543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37549 \begin_layout Standard
37550 This makes as if the last check in never happened.
37551 No changes are made to the document loaded into \SpecialChar LyX
37553 but the last version is removed from the master RCS file.
37556 \begin_layout Itemize
37560 rcs -o<version> <file-name>
37563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37569 \begin_layout Standard
37570 This shows the complete history of the RCS document.
37575 is shown in a browser.
37583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37587 \begin_layout Standard
37589 supports RCS version number,
37591 date and time of last commit.
37592 All those are extracted from
37594 rlog -r <file-name>
37598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37600 reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
37608 \begin_layout Subsection
37609 CVS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
37613 \begin_layout Standard
37614 A subset of CVS operations is supported by \SpecialChar LyX
37616 You can find the commands in the
37618 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
37620 \begin_inset space ~
37626 The version control system SVN is more powerful,
37627 so please use it instead of CVS if possible.
37630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37636 \begin_layout Standard
37637 If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools.
37638 If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout.
37641 \begin_layout Standard
37642 If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen.
37643 Standard CVS repositories don't operate with a file locking mechanism.
37644 This may be surprising,
37645 but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document.
37647 if co-workers are used to communicate regularly,
37648 these conflicts occur rarely.
37649 If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway.
37650 Nevertheless some people like to work with so called
37651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37659 If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable.
37660 When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state.
37661 With \SpecialChar LyX
37662 one has to edit the
37663 \begin_inset Flex Code
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37672 file and add the line
37673 \begin_inset Flex Code
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 to work with reserved checkouts.
37683 The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document.
37684 It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable.
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37689 tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts.
37690 If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed.
37691 When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use
37692 \begin_inset Flex Noun
37695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37701 to make your working copy writable if it's readonly.
37703 \begin_inset Flex Noun
37706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository.
37715 \begin_layout Standard
37716 More information about CVS can be found here
37717 \begin_inset Flex URL
37720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37722 http://www.nongnu.org/cvs
37728 \begin_inset Flex URL
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 http://ximbiot.com/cvs
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37746 to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below.
37749 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37755 \begin_layout Standard
37756 If your document is not under revision control,
37757 this is the only item shown in the menu.
37758 And if it is under revision control,
37763 item is not visible.
37767 \begin_layout Standard
37768 This command registers in CVS your document
37769 \begin_inset Flex Strong
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular
37785 This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools.
37786 (In case you forget that step \SpecialChar LyX
37787 registers the document with RCS.)
37790 \begin_layout Standard
37791 Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
37792 Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in.
37795 \begin_layout Standard
37796 CVS command that is run:
37799 cvs -q add -m"<entered message>" "<file-name>"
37802 \begin_layout Standard
37807 above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for
37808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37811 change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument
37812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37824 \begin_layout Standard
37825 When you are finished editing a file,
37826 you commit your changes.
37827 When you do this and you had changed the document,
37828 you are asked for a description of the changes.
37829 After that changes are written to the repository.
37830 In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on
37831 \begin_inset Flex Noun
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 \begin_layout Labeling
37844 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
37846 \begin_inset space ~
37851 \begin_inset space ~
37855 \begin_inset Newline newline
37859 \begin_inset Flex Code
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 -q commit -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
37871 \begin_inset Newline newline
37875 \begin_inset Flex Code
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37896 When you are sharing a repository with others,
37897 you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy.
37900 \begin_layout Standard
37904 cvs -q update "<file-name>"
37907 \begin_layout Standard
37908 If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved.
37911 \begin_layout Standard
37915 cvs -q edit "<file-name>"
37918 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37921 Revert To Repository Version
37924 \begin_layout Standard
37925 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
37926 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
37927 Firstly the file is deleted,
37928 secondly CVS update command is run.
37931 \begin_layout Standard
37935 cvs -q update "<file-name>"
37938 \begin_layout Standard
37939 If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone.
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37946 cvs -q unedit "<file-name>"
37949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37956 This will create a copy of the current document.
37957 Since CVS does not support copy operations natively,
37958 the version history is not preserved,
37959 and the copy is added as a new file.
37960 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
37961 You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
37962 After that the copy is created,
37963 both locally and in the repository.
37964 If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
37965 all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in
37967 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
37973 the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
37976 \begin_layout Labeling
37977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
37979 \begin_inset space ~
37984 \begin_inset space ~
37988 \begin_inset Newline newline
37992 \begin_inset Flex Code
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 \begin_inset Flex Code
38005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 \begin_inset Newline newline
38016 \begin_inset Flex Code
38019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38020 cvs -q add "<new-file-name>"
38028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38034 \begin_layout Standard
38035 This will rename the current document.
38036 Since CVS does not support rename operations natively,
38037 the version history is not preserved,
38038 the renamed document is added as a new file,
38039 and the original document is deleted.
38040 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38041 You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
38042 After that the document is renamed,
38043 both locally and in the repository.
38044 If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
38045 all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in
38047 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38053 the document is reloaded using the new name.
38056 \begin_layout Labeling
38057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38064 \begin_inset space ~
38068 \begin_inset Newline newline
38072 \begin_inset Flex Code
38075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 \begin_inset Flex Code
38085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 \begin_inset Newline newline
38096 \begin_inset Flex Code
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 cvs -q add "<new-file-name>"
38106 \begin_inset Newline newline
38110 \begin_inset Flex Code
38113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38114 cvs -q remove "<file-name>"
38122 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38123 Update of the local directory checkout from repository
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38127 Once your documents gets more complex,
38128 containing sub-documents and pictures,
38130 \begin_inset Flex Code
38133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 files and so on using version control becomes more complicated.
38141 supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document.
38142 This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
38143 You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
38144 It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory.
38147 \begin_layout Standard
38149 \begin_inset Flex Code
38152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 Update local directory from repository
38158 command updates the whole directory.
38159 If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
38160 In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document.
38161 You have to review and correct the result of the merge.
38162 You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of
38163 \begin_inset Flex Code
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 \begin_inset Flex Code
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 \begin_inset Flex Code
38186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended.
38194 The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of
38195 \begin_inset Flex Code
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 \begin_layout Labeling
38208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38210 \begin_inset space ~
38215 \begin_inset space ~
38219 \begin_inset Newline newline
38223 \begin_inset Flex Code
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 (Ask if changes are detected.)
38236 \begin_inset Newline newline
38240 \begin_inset Flex Code
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38255 \begin_layout Standard
38257 \begin_inset Flex Code
38260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38266 stands for the path to the document.
38269 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38275 \begin_layout Standard
38276 This shows the complete history of the CVS document.
38279 cvs log "<file-name>"
38281 is shown in a browser.
38284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38288 \begin_layout Standard
38290 supports CVS version number,
38292 date and time of last commit.
38293 All those are extracted from
38295 cvs log -r <file-name>
38299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38301 reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
38309 \begin_layout Subsection
38310 SVN commands in \SpecialChar LyX
38314 \begin_layout Standard
38315 SVN is now partially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
38317 You can find the commands in the
38319 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38321 \begin_inset space ~
38327 Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
38328 you will be asked in terminal window.
38330 was tested against SVN 1.5,
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too,
38339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38341 reference "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
38347 There seems to be currently unresolved permissions problem under SVN 1.8 with reverting changes when file is locked.
38355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38361 \begin_layout Standard
38362 If your document is not under revision control,
38363 this is the only item shown in the menu.
38364 And if it is under revision control,
38369 item is not visible.
38372 \begin_layout Standard
38373 This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular
38378 This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
38381 \begin_layout Standard
38382 Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
38383 Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited.
38386 \begin_layout Standard
38387 SVN command that is run:
38391 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38395 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38401 \begin_layout Standard
38406 to understand the switches.
38409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38415 \begin_layout Standard
38416 When you are finished editing a file,
38417 you commit your changes.
38419 you are asked for a description of the changes.
38420 After that changes are commited.
38423 \begin_layout Standard
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 In case locking is not enabled.
38431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38433 reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
38445 svn commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
38448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38454 \begin_layout Standard
38455 Updates the changes of this file from the repository.
38456 Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function,
38457 because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you!
38460 \begin_layout Standard
38465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 svn update --non-interactive
38474 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38478 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38487 Revert To Repository Version
38490 \begin_layout Standard
38491 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
38492 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
38495 \begin_layout Standard
38500 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38504 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38516 \begin_layout Standard
38517 This will create a copy of the current document including the version history.
38518 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38519 You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
38520 After that the copy is created,
38521 both locally and in the repository.
38522 If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
38523 all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in
38525 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38531 the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
38534 \begin_layout Labeling
38535 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38537 \begin_inset space ~
38542 \begin_inset space ~
38546 \begin_inset Newline newline
38550 \begin_inset Flex Code
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38557 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38561 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38565 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38569 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38578 \begin_inset Newline newline
38582 \begin_inset Flex Code
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38600 \begin_layout Standard
38601 This will rename the current document including the version history.
38602 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
38603 You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
38604 After that the document is renamed,
38605 both locally and in the repository.
38606 If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
38607 all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in
38609 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38615 the document is reloaded using the new name.
38618 \begin_layout Labeling
38619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38621 \begin_inset space ~
38626 \begin_inset space ~
38630 \begin_inset Newline newline
38634 \begin_inset Flex Code
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38641 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38645 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38649 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38653 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38662 \begin_inset Newline newline
38666 \begin_inset Flex Code
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38679 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38681 name "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
38685 Update of the local directory checkout from repository
38689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38690 Note that this command will work only with subversion
38691 \begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$
38702 \begin_layout Standard
38703 All the commands above have one shortcoming – they deal with the current document only.
38704 Once your document contains pictures,
38706 \begin_inset Flex Code
38709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38715 files and so on administration becomes more complicated.
38717 now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document
38721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
38729 This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
38733 \begin_layout Standard
38734 \begin_inset Flex Code
38737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38738 Update local directory from repository
38743 command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left,
38744 so no unintended data loss occurs.
38745 If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
38748 \begin_layout Labeling
38749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38751 \begin_inset space ~
38756 \begin_inset space ~
38760 \begin_inset Newline newline
38764 \begin_inset Flex Code
38767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38773 (Ask if changes are detected.)
38774 \begin_inset Newline newline
38778 \begin_inset Flex Code
38781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38782 svn update --accept mine-full $path
38790 \begin_layout Standard
38792 \begin_inset Flex Code
38795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 stands for the path to the document.
38804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38810 \begin_layout Standard
38811 This shows the complete history of the SVN document.
38815 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38819 \begin_inset Quotes qld
38824 is shown in a browser.
38827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38831 name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document.
38840 When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism,
38841 which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time.
38844 \begin_layout Standard
38845 SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access – locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec.
38847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38849 reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
38855 \begin_inset Flex Code
38858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38869 \begin_inset Flex URL
38872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38874 http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html
38885 If this property is detected for a given document \SpecialChar LyX
38886 starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS.
38887 This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in \SpecialChar LyX
38891 \begin_layout Itemize
38893 The loaded file is in the read-only mode.
38894 For editing on needs to check-out.
38899 consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock.
38900 If the lock is not possible to obtain,
38901 we remain in unlocked state.
38904 \begin_layout Itemize
38906 The loaded file is in the
38907 \begin_inset Quotes els
38911 \begin_inset Quotes ers
38915 No other user is allowed to edit the file.
38920 consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock.
38921 If no changes have been made to the document,
38922 no commit will be produced
38926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38927 Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway.
38932 and only the write-lock will be released.
38935 \begin_layout Standard
38939 \begin_layout Labeling
38940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38944 svn commit -q -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
38945 \begin_inset Newline newline
38948 svn unlock "<file-name>"
38951 \begin_layout Labeling
38952 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38956 svn update "<file-name>"
38957 \begin_inset Newline newline
38960 svn lock "<file-name>"
38963 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38968 name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
38974 Automatic Locking Property
38977 \begin_layout Standard
38978 The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through
38980 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38985 Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
38986 Use Locking Property
38989 This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e.
38990 you need to check-out before proceeding).
38993 \begin_layout Labeling
38994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
38996 \begin_inset space ~
39002 \begin_layout Labeling
39003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39007 svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "<file-name>"
39010 \begin_layout Labeling
39011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
39015 svn propdel svn:needs-lock "<file-name>"
39018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39021 name "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
39025 Revision Information in Documents
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document.
39032 \begin_layout Itemize
39038 \begin_layout Itemize
39039 tree revision information (
39040 \begin_inset Flex Code
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39050 The result is the output of the
39051 \begin_inset Flex Code
39054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39061 the following table gives you an idea,
39062 how to read the results.
39065 \begin_layout Standard
39067 \begin_inset Tabular
39068 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39069 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
39070 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
39071 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
39073 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39110 mixed revision working copy
39117 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39126 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39130 modified working copy
39137 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39150 switched working copy
39157 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39166 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 partial working copy,
39171 from a sparse checkout
39178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 switched working copy
39206 \begin_layout Itemize
39207 file revision information.
39208 The result comes from parsing the output of
39209 \begin_inset Flex Code
39212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39218 \begin_inset space ~
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39231 Supported flags are:
39235 \begin_layout Itemize
39236 version number of the last commit (
39237 \begin_inset Flex Code
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39249 \begin_layout Itemize
39250 author of the last commit (
39251 \begin_inset Flex Code
39254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 \begin_layout Itemize
39264 date of the last commit (
39265 \begin_inset Flex Code
39268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39277 \begin_layout Itemize
39278 time of the last commit (
39279 \begin_inset Flex Code
39282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39292 \begin_layout Standard
39293 You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (
39294 \change_inserted 5863208 1564400022
39297 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
39298 Field\SpecialChar menuseparator
39299 Version Control Revision
39300 \change_deleted 5863208 1564399852
39305 \begin_inset Flex Code
39308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 info-insert buffer vcs-date
39317 The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e.
39319 \begin_inset Flex Code
39322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39328 directory is available with your document).
39332 \begin_layout Itemize
39335 possibility is to use svn keywords
39339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39340 http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html
39346 In short – you set file keywords property (e.g.
39349 svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx
39351 ) and then paste keyword \SpecialChar TeX
39356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39357 This is an easy way how to ensure that \SpecialChar LyX
39358 won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag.
39363 tag in your document (e.g.
39365 \begin_inset Flex Code
39368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39375 This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g.
39377 \begin_inset Flex Code
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39387 ) after each update and commit.
39388 There are more problems with this approach.
39390 the '$' character is used in \SpecialChar TeX
39391 world for math equations,
39392 so any occurence of math formula
39393 \begin_inset Formula $Rev$
39397 \begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$
39400 in your \SpecialChar LyX
39402 Similarly for other keywords like Id,
39406 Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales,
39407 so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used.
39408 Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev:
39409 59' string in your document instead of the plain number.
39410 Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let \SpecialChar LyX
39411 to support it directly.
39414 \begin_layout Subsection
39415 SVN and Windows Environment
39418 \begin_layout Quote
39419 My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly,
39420 they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN.
39427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39431 \begin_layout Standard
39432 In addition to installing \SpecialChar LyX
39434 and having access to a Subversion repository,
39435 the user will need to install the Subversion client program.
39436 A Windows installer for the client program is available from
39437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39440 target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/"
39446 The user may also want to install
39447 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39450 target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/"
39456 which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer.
39457 Operations done outside \SpecialChar LyX
39458 will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu.
39459 Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program,
39460 which is what \SpecialChar LyX
39464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39465 Bringing a document under Subversion control
39468 \begin_layout Standard
39469 Before a \SpecialChar LyX
39470 document can be brought under version control in Subversion,
39471 its parent directory needs to be under version control.
39472 If the document is being added to a project already in the repository,
39473 this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed.
39474 If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance,
39475 if this document starts a new project),
39476 the directory must be imported into the repository.
39477 This is done outside \SpecialChar LyX
39479 Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN,
39480 or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt.
39481 The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below,
39482 assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in
39489 For information on using the Subversion client program,
39497 \begin_layout Enumerate
39504 in Windows Explorer,
39508 TortoiseSVN\SpecialChar menuseparator
39513 adjust the URL for the repository,
39517 \begin_layout Enumerate
39518 Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click
39522 Supply a name for the project folder and click OK.
39523 Add a message for the log file if desired,
39524 then click OK again.
39525 The new project folder should appear in the repository.
39527 click OK again to exit the repository browser.
39530 \begin_layout Enumerate
39531 Once again right click
39538 this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar ldots
39539 Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository,
39540 and set the checkout directory to
39548 You will be warned about a non-empty folder;
39549 click OK to proceed.
39550 You should now have a
39561 \begin_layout Enumerate
39562 Create or open your document in \SpecialChar LyX
39565 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39570 Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
39574 Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control.
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39578 From this point onward,
39579 you should have full functionality in the
39581 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39589 You also have the option of checking the document in and out,
39590 viewing its history,
39592 using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt.
39595 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39596 SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows
39599 \begin_layout Standard
39600 Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task.
39601 We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed,
39602 also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar ldots
39606 \begin_layout Enumerate
39607 Get an svn client for windows,
39608 as described in the previous sections.
39609 When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g.
39611 \begin_inset Flex Code
39614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39620 ) to create config files,
39621 which you will need to change later on.
39624 \begin_layout Enumerate
39625 Choose an ssh client for Windows.
39626 There are several possibilities,
39627 we will use the one from Putty tools
39631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39632 \begin_inset Flex URL
39635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39637 http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html
39648 You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you.
39649 To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc.
39653 \begin_layout Enumerate
39655 \begin_inset Flex Code
39658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39665 Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side.
39666 If the SVN server runs on Linux,
39667 note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the
39668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39673 Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file
39676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39679 edit field into the server's
39680 \begin_inset Flex Code
39683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39684 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys
39690 \begin_inset Flex Code
39693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39702 \begin_layout Enumerate
39704 \begin_inset Flex Code
39707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39714 In the SVN config file
39718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39719 Exact path depends on Windows version,
39720 usually somewhere around
39721 \begin_inset Flex Code
39724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39727 Documents and Settings
39741 \begin_inset Flex Code
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39764 \begin_inset Flex Code
39767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39768 ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk
39777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39778 It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things.
39779 For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc.
39781 try to connect via plink without SVN first.
39790 \begin_layout Enumerate
39791 Checkout the SVN archive,
39793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39797 \begin_inset Newline newline
39801 \begin_inset Flex Code
39804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39805 svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path
39813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39814 End-of-Line Conversions
39817 \begin_layout Standard
39818 When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments,
39820 will use different line endings inside the .lyx files.
39821 This is not a problem as far as \SpecialChar LyX
39822 functionality is concerned,
39823 but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone.
39824 Fortunately SVN itself knows
39828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39829 \begin_inset Flex URL
39832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39834 http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html
39844 how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the
39845 \begin_inset Flex Code
39848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39861 \begin_inset Flex Code
39864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39865 svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
39878 \begin_layout Subsection
39879 GIT commands in \SpecialChar LyX
39883 \begin_layout Standard
39884 A minimal subset of GIT commands is now supported by \SpecialChar LyX
39886 You can find the commands in the
39888 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39896 Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
39897 you will be asked in terminal window.
39899 was tested against GIT 1.7.
39903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 Windows users please note that you need to ensure that git is on the path.
39905 This can be set from within \SpecialChar LyX
39908 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
39909 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
39910 Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
39921 \begin_layout Standard
39922 One big difference of GIT and the other supported version control systems is the distributed nature of GIT:
39923 With traditional version control systems there is one central server which hosts the repository.
39924 Users commit their changes to the server,
39925 and get updates made by other users from it.
39927 users commit to a local repository.
39928 The local repository can be synchronized with one or more remote repositories using the
39929 \begin_inset Flex Code
39932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39939 \begin_inset Flex Code
39942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39950 does not interact in any way with remote GIT repositories.
39951 It works exclusively with the local repository in a very similar way as with a central CVS or SVN repository.
39952 If you use remote GIT repositories you need to do the
39953 \begin_inset Flex Code
39956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39963 \begin_inset Flex Code
39966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 operations with your favourite GIT client.
39975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39981 \begin_layout Standard
39982 If your document is not under revision control,
39983 this is the only item shown in the menu.
39984 And if it is under revision control,
39989 item is not visible.
39992 \begin_layout Standard
39993 This command registers in GIT your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under GIT control (in particular
39998 This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
40001 \begin_layout Standard
40002 Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
40003 Don't forget that registered file is not yet committed.
40006 \begin_layout Standard
40007 GIT command that is run:
40011 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40015 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40021 \begin_layout Standard
40026 to understand the switches.
40029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40035 \begin_layout Standard
40036 When you are finished editing a file,
40037 you commit your changes.
40039 you are asked for a description of the changes.
40040 After that changes are committed.
40043 \begin_layout Standard
40047 git commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
40050 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40053 Revert To Repository Version
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
40058 You get a warning before changes are discarded.
40061 \begin_layout Standard
40066 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40070 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40082 \begin_layout Standard
40083 This will rename the current document including the version history.
40084 It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
40085 You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
40086 After that the document is renamed,
40087 both locally and in the repository.
40088 If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
40089 all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in
40091 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
40097 the document is reloaded using the new name.
40100 \begin_layout Labeling
40101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset Newline newline
40116 \begin_inset Flex Code
40119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40123 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40127 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40131 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40135 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40144 \begin_inset Newline newline
40148 \begin_inset Flex Code
40151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40167 This shows the complete history of the GIT document.
40171 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40175 \begin_inset Quotes qld
40180 is shown in a browser.
40183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40187 \begin_layout Standard
40189 supports GIT hash number of the last commit to the file,
40191 \change_inserted 1119979965 1564297456
40192 its abbreviated form,
40196 date and time of last commit.
40197 All those are extracted from
40199 git log -n 1 --pretty=format:%H%n
40200 \change_inserted 1119979965 1564297427
40206 Tree version information is obtained via
40208 git describe --abbrev --dirty --long
40212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40214 reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
40222 \begin_layout Subsection
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40227 With the recent addition of the
40228 \begin_inset Flex Code
40231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40237 function \SpecialChar LyX
40238 power users are allowed to create their own commands for revision control.
40241 \begin_layout Standard
40242 As an example you can see how two TortoiseSVN commands could be integrated directly:
40245 \begin_layout Description
40248 \begin_inset Flex Code
40251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40252 vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p"
40260 \begin_layout Description
40263 \begin_inset Flex Code
40266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40267 vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
40275 \begin_layout Subsection
40276 Version control and Document comparison
40279 \begin_layout Standard
40280 One of the typical uses of version control is to inspect the changes between revisions,
40281 usually by creating
40282 \begin_inset Flex Code
40285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40292 While this is useful for plain text files,
40293 it is much less useful in the case of \SpecialChar LyX
40295 which have more a complicated structure.
40296 Hence we provide binding to the Document comparison feature.
40297 There are two ways of calling this feature – either by direct call of
40298 \begin_inset Flex Code
40301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40308 function (for details see \SpecialChar LyX
40309 functions manual) or by the toolbar icon
40323 One can either compare two chosen revisions of the document or he can simply compare the current version of edited text with older revisions (where '
40324 \begin_inset Flex Noun
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 ' revisions back means comparison of the edited file with last commited revision).
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40338 This feature is supported for SVN and RCS though due to the more complicated versioning scheme of RCS there is a constraint – when addressing the revisions in dialog,
40339 numbers always point to the last number in RCS revision number,
40342 We don't currently support GIT addressing of revisions,
40343 one can just compare edited document with its revision X steps backs,
40344 where X is addressed as
40345 \begin_inset Flex Code
40348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40357 \begin_layout Section
40359 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161575
40360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40362 name "sec:Literate-Programming"
40368 Literate Programming
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40376 (kayvan@sylvan.com)
40381 original documentation written by
40383 Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
40386 (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
40389 \begin_layout Subsection
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40394 The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use \SpecialChar LyX
40395 for literate programming,
40396 where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
40398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40414 If that is not the case,
40415 please follow the web links provided in the following sections.
40416 There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips.
40419 \begin_layout Standard
40420 It is also assumed that you are familiar with \SpecialChar LyX
40421 itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your \SpecialChar LyX
40423 and X resources file.
40424 If that is not the case please refer to other \SpecialChar LyX
40425 documentation to cover your specific needs.
40428 \begin_layout Subsection
40429 Literate Programming
40432 \begin_layout Standard
40433 From the Literate Programming FAQ:
40437 \begin_layout Quotation
40438 Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
40440 literate programs should be enjoyable reading,
40443 I couldn't resist!) In general,
40444 literate programs combine source and documentation in a single file.
40445 Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable documentation or compilable source.
40446 The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.
40447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40451 Knuth during the development of his \SpecialChar TeX
40452 typesetting software.
40456 \begin_layout Standard
40457 Another excerpt says:
40460 \begin_layout Quotation
40463 How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
40466 \begin_layout Quotation
40467 There are three distinguishing characteristics.
40468 In order of importance,
40474 \begin_layout Itemize
40475 flexible order of elaboration
40478 \begin_layout Itemize
40479 automatic support for browsing
40482 \begin_layout Itemize
40483 typeset documentation,
40484 especially diagrams and mathematics
40488 \begin_layout Standard
40489 Now that I sparked your curiosity,
40490 take a look in the references.
40493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40498 The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
40501 \begin_layout Quote
40502 Literate Programming FAQ
40503 \begin_inset Flex URL
40506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40508 http://www.literateprogramming.com/lpfaq.pdf
40516 \begin_layout Standard
40517 The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools.
40518 Where some are specialized or
40519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40526 for particular programming languages,
40527 while other have general scope.
40532 for my own use for several reasons:
40535 \begin_layout Itemize
40536 It can generate the documentation either in \SpecialChar LaTeX
40540 \begin_layout Itemize
40541 It has a open architecture,
40543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40547 \begin_inset space \space{}
40550 it is easy to plug in new filters
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40559 are programs that read a given data stream and output a manipulated data stream.
40561 a WEB file (consisting of literate code) can be turned into a file consisting only of C program code or \SpecialChar LaTeX
40567 and to perform special processing that you may need.
40571 \begin_layout Itemize
40572 There is a good selection of filters available already (the HTML is one of them).
40575 \begin_layout Itemize
40579 \begin_layout Standard
40580 The Noweb web page can be found at:
40584 \begin_layout Quote
40586 \begin_inset Flex URL
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40591 https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/
40599 \begin_layout Standard
40600 Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples.
40603 \begin_layout Subsection
40605 and Literate Programming with Noweb
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40609 The \SpecialChar LyX
40610 support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic \SpecialChar LyX
40611 converters mechanism.
40612 This support is provided in a
40613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40626 \begin_inset space \space{}
40629 you will be able to use this new \SpecialChar LyX
40630 feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just changing your \SpecialChar LyX
40634 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40635 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
40638 \begin_layout Paragraph
40639 Using the noweb module
40642 \begin_layout Standard
40643 If you have installed Noweb and \SpecialChar LyX
40645 whenever you open a new document,
40646 after you have chosen its document class,
40649 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
40653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40661 If Noweb is correctly installed,
40662 when you click on the
40663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40679 module in the available list and you can add it to your document.
40682 \begin_layout Paragraph
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40688 enables you to write code with a custom inset named
40689 \begin_inset Flex Noun
40692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40699 Noweb delimits chunks like this:
40702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40722 \begin_layout Standard
40723 The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the
40727 must be taken literally,
40729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40733 \begin_inset space \space{}
40737 should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written.
40738 This is also handled by
40739 \begin_inset Flex Noun
40742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 that works like a normal text inset but has a free spacing capability.
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40754 you can also use the
40755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40762 construct of Noweb in your chunks to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-reference:
40765 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40769 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40770 def some_function(args):
40773 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40774 "This is the doc string for this function."
40777 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40783 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40784 @ %def some_function
40787 \begin_layout Standard
40788 For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output,
40789 look at the Literate python program in
40791 LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
40793 which should make this all clear.
40796 \begin_layout Paragraph
40797 Generating the documentation
40800 \begin_layout Standard
40801 At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class,
40802 and with some code and text on it.
40804 The answer is simple,
40807 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
40812 Just like you would do for a plain document.
40813 No special procedure is required.
40816 \begin_layout Standard
40817 To help orientate you,
40818 I will now explain what happens inside \SpecialChar LyX
40822 \begin_layout Enumerate
40825 Update\SpecialChar menuseparator
40828 menu option is chosen,
40829 a \SpecialChar LaTeX
40835 \begin_layout Standard
40836 If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the
40837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40844 format (defined in the Preferences panel),
40845 otherwise the file will have the usual
40853 \begin_layout Enumerate
40854 Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file,
40855 no special processing is required by \SpecialChar LyX
40857 Given that you formatted the code using the
40858 \begin_inset Flex Noun
40861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40869 takes care of the business.
40872 \begin_layout Enumerate
40873 If the document is of any literate class \SpecialChar LyX
40874 will then use the internal \SpecialChar LyX
40875 to Noweb converter,
40876 followed by the Noweb to \SpecialChar LaTeX
40881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40882 The converters are defined in the
40884 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
40889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40905 manual for general information about converters.
40910 to generate the \SpecialChar LaTeX
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40916 Otherwise it will just skip this step.
40920 \begin_layout Enumerate
40923 is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document.
40926 \begin_layout Standard
40927 Independence from a particular
40928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40935 is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters.
40938 \begin_layout Paragraph
40939 Generating the code
40942 \begin_layout Standard
40943 When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed,
40944 a \SpecialChar LaTeX
40945 file is generated just like step 1 above.
40953 This converter needs to be defined by the user and is not installed by default,
40954 though the Program format is.
40955 This converter (like any other converter) will have two parts:
40958 \begin_layout Enumerate
40959 The converter program itself.
40960 This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case,
40961 from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format).
40964 \begin_layout Enumerate
40965 The error log parser.
40966 This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that \SpecialChar LyX
40968 This makes it possible for \SpecialChar LyX
40969 to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer.
40972 \begin_layout Standard
40975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40986 \begin_layout LyX-Code
40994 \begin_layout Standard
40995 This basically means that \SpecialChar LyX
40997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41004 (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (normally a file in the \SpecialChar LyX
41005 temp directory) and the directory path of the original \SpecialChar LyX
41010 \begin_layout Standard
41011 This is an implementation of
41012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41019 that you can place in a directory on your path:
41022 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41028 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41034 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41037 notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh
41040 \begin_layout Standard
41041 The next part of the converter setting is the
41042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41049 which is to be set to
41052 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41055 parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
41058 \begin_layout Standard
41059 This will run any errors that are generated by the
41060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41067 process through the
41068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41078 \begin_layout Standard
41079 The build will normally take place in \SpecialChar LyX
41080 's temporary directory,
41081 so the files produced by the conversion will be in that directory.
41083 will copy out what it regards as the `main' file,
41088 conversion may produce several files,
41089 and so most of these would then be deleted when \SpecialChar LyX
41091 This is why we pass in the NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR environment variable so that the build-script chunk can place the generated files in that location.
41094 \begin_layout Paragraph
41095 Build instructions in the document
41098 \begin_layout Standard
41099 The last piece of the integration between \SpecialChar LyX
41101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41110 the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a chunk of its own.
41112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41119 above uses the notangle command to look for this chunk (called
41120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41127 ) and runs its contents through
41128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41138 \begin_layout Standard
41140 such a chunk would look something like this:
41143 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41147 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41149 \begin_inset Newline newline
41152 if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
41153 \begin_inset Newline newline
41159 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41160 NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
41161 \begin_inset Newline newline
41165 \begin_inset Newline newline
41169 code to extract files ...
41170 use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...]
41171 \begin_inset Newline newline
41175 code to compile files ...]
41176 \begin_inset Newline newline
41182 \begin_layout Standard
41184 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161716
41187 LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
41191 LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx
41192 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161716
41196 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41197 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41198 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41204 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917096
41207 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41208 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41209 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41215 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161729
41219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41226 program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together
41227 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917093
41229 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161756
41232 LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx
41233 \change_deleted -712698321 1674917093
41237 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41238 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41239 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41240 Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX
41251 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161767
41254 files show off the language-indepence of the \SpecialChar LyX
41255 literate programming support since they are written in Python
41256 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161782
41260 and Perl respectively.
41263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41264 Configuring \SpecialChar LyX
41268 \begin_layout Standard
41269 All the Literate Programming support is configured by the
41271 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
41275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41283 The important parts are:
41286 \begin_layout Description
41288 \begin_inset space ~
41292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41300 \begin_inset space ~
41303 format Set up via the File Formats tab,
41304 this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up.
41314 the file extension is set to
41319 This tells \SpecialChar LyX
41320 to create a file with a
41324 extension in the first step of the conversion process.
41327 \begin_layout Description
41329 \begin_inset space ~
41337 \begin_inset space ~
41340 format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it).
41343 \begin_layout Description
41353 This converter performs the
41354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41361 of the literate document.
41364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41369 noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
41372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41378 \begin_layout Description
41388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41397 the Converter is set to
41398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41411 \begin_inset Newline newline
41415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41420 parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
41423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41429 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41433 \begin_layout Standard
41434 There is also a new function implemented in the \SpecialChar LyX
41437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41440 server-goto-file-row" function,
41441 to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
41445 \begin_layout Standard
41446 When debugging code with ddd/gdb,
41447 it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
41448 The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
41449 It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the
41451 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41452 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
41455 dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry.
41458 \begin_layout Standard
41459 I take advantage of the newly created \SpecialChar LyX
41460 server function and this ddd feature,
41462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41472 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41473 echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
41476 \begin_layout Standard
41478 whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit,
41479 you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window),
41480 and ddd will forward this information to \SpecialChar LyX
41481 through the \SpecialChar LyX
41482 server and then the \SpecialChar LyX
41483 window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position ddd was pointing to.
41484 No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging !
41487 \begin_layout Standard
41488 Note however that you must enable the \SpecialChar LyX
41489 server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default).
41491 \begin_inset space ~
41495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41497 reference "sec:Starting-the-Server"
41502 explains how to do that.
41505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41509 \begin_layout Standard
41510 There are six new buttons that can be added to your \SpecialChar LyX
41512 Four of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles:
41535 one for the custom inset
41540 The last one is a short cut to the
41541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41552 \begin_layout Standard
41554 has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
41555 In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
41560 \SpecialChar menuseparator
41565 \SpecialChar menuseparator
41572 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
41573 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
41577 Here is how it looks like:
41580 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41584 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41588 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41589 Icon "layout Standard"
41592 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41593 Icon "layout Section"
41596 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41597 Icon "layout \SpecialChar LaTeX
41601 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41602 Icon "layout \SpecialChar LyX
41606 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41607 Icon "flex.insert Chunk"
41610 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41614 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41618 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41619 Icon "buffer-typeset"
41622 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41623 Icon "build-program"
41626 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41630 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41634 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41638 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41642 \begin_layout LyX-Code
41646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41647 Colors customization
41650 \begin_layout Standard
41651 There are a number of colors in \SpecialChar LyX
41652 that can be customized in
41657 One of the things that bothers people is the \SpecialChar LaTeX
41659 The default color is red,
41660 since the chunks uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
41662 and there is a lot of chunks in literate documents,
41663 you may get tired of seeing everything in red.
41664 You can change it by going to the tabs
41674 \begin_layout Standard
41675 The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
41676 You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend in the background.
41677 I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not equal,
41678 that way you still can see it is there,
41679 but it is not bothering you anymore.
41682 \begin_layout Subsection
41687 \begin_layout Standard
41697 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161863
41700 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
41701 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
41707 \change_deleted 564990737 1671643409
41713 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161856
41716 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41717 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41718 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41724 \change_deleted 564990737 1671643461
41725 the Sweave manual (menu
41727 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
41731 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161856
41734 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
41735 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
41737 \change_deleted 564990737 1672161921
41742 \change_inserted 564990737 1672161917
41745 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41746 Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
41747 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
41751 \change_deleted 564990737 1672742969
41755 \begin_layout Standard
41757 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355343
41761 \begin_layout Standard
41763 \change_deleted 564990737 1671355343
41764 You can do everything with \SpecialChar LyX
41765 that you can do with \SpecialChar LaTeX
41769 cannot support every \SpecialChar LaTeX
41771 But you can always use \SpecialChar TeX
41773 This chapter shows you some more special things you might want to use.
41774 For other special things you can do with figures,
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41787 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917293
41791 \begin_layout Standard
41793 \change_inserted -712698321 1674917303
41794 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
41795 LatexCommand printindex